BA00296P/00/EN/16.16
71336361

Products

Solutions

Services

valid from Software version:
04.01.zz

Description of Instrument Functions
Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP75
Deltabar S FMD77, FMD78, PMD75
Deltapilot S FMB70
Process pressure / Differential pressure, Flow / Hydrostatic

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

1.

Order code: XXXXX-XXXXXX
Ser. no.:XXXXXXXXXXXX
Ext. ord. cd.: XXX.XXXX.XX

Serial number

2. www.endress.com/deviceviewer

Endress+Hauser
Operations App

3.

A0023555

Make sure the document is stored in a safe place such that it is always available whenworking on or with the device.
To avoid danger to individuals or the facility, read the "Basic safety instructions" section
carefully, as well as all other safety instructions in the document that are specific toworking procedures.
The manufacturer reserves the right to modify technical data without prior notice. Your
Endress+Hauser Sales Center will supply you with current information and updates to these
Instructions.

2

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table of contents
1

Notes on use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

1.1
1.2

Finding parameter description using ID numbers . 4
Finding function group using graphic
representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Finding parameter description using parameternames (index) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

1.3

2

Finding parameter description using
ID numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

3Graphic representation of functiongroups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

4Pressure measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

5

Level measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4

Overview of level measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
"Level Easy Pressure" level selection . . . . . . . . . . 13
"Level Easy Height" level selection . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
"Level Standard" level selection,"Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
"Level standard" level selection,"Pressure linearized" level type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
"Level standard" level selection,"Height linearized" level type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

5.5
5.6

6

Flow measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

6.1
6.2

Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Totalizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

7

Description of parameters . . . . . . . . . . 43

8Slot/index tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147

8.1

Slot/index tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

9Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153

9.1
9.2
9.3

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Response of outputs to errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Confirming messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164

Endress+Hauser

3Notes on use

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

1

Notes on use

Section 7 describes all the parameters in order of how they appear in the menu. Sections 4
to 6 provide typical examples of configuration.
Sections 1.1 to 1.2 describe ways of finding a certain parameter description more easily.

1.1

Finding parameter description using ID numbers

Each parameter is indicated on the onsite display with a unique identification number (ID).
Section 2 lists all the parameters in numerical order. The page reference/link takes you tothe parameter in question.
In FieldCare, additional parameters and, to an extent, other parameters are displayed. These
parameters are not listed in Section 2. You can find these parameters using the index.  See
also Section 1.3.

1.2

Finding function group using graphic representation

All the function groups are shown in table form in Section 3. The page reference/link takes
you to the function group in question. In Section 7, all the parameters of a function groupare compiled in a table.

1.3

Finding parameter description using parameternames (index)

The index lists all the parameters in alphabetical order. The page reference/link takes you
to the parameter in question.

4

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

2

Finding parameter description using
ID numbers

ID number

Parameter name

Description, see page

001
003
004
004
004
005
006
007
008
008
009
010
010
010
011
014
020
023
023
025
046
047
048
050
060
075
079
247

DENSITY UNIT
HEIGHT UNIT
FULL CALIB. – QUICK SETUP
FULL CALIB. – Level Selection "Level Easy Pressure"
FULL CALIB. – Level Selection "Level Easy Height"
FULL PRESSURE
FULL HEIGHT
ADJUST DENSITYCALIBRATION MODE – Level Selection "Level Easy Pressure"
CALIBRATION MODE – Level Selection "Level Easy Height"
EMPTY HEIGHTEMPTY CALIB. – QUICK SETUPEMPTY CALIB. – Level Selection "Level Easy Pressure"
EMPTY CALIB. – Level Selection "Level Easy Height"
EMPTY PRESSUREDOWNLOAD FUNCT.
LEVEL SELECTIONOUTPUT UNIT – Level Selection "Level Easy Pressure"
OUTPUT UNIT – Level Selection "Level Easy Height"
PROCESS DENSITY
ALARM STATUS
ENTER RESET CODE
INSERT PIN NO.
LEVEL BEFORE LIN
PRESS. ENG. UNIT
CUSTOMER UNIT P
LANGUAGEDAMPING VALUE

250
264
266
272
301

SENSOR SER. No.
SOFTWARE VERSIONHARDWARE REV.
ADDITIONAL INFO.
PRESSURE – "Pressure" measuring mode
PRESSURE – "Level" measuring mode
PRESSURE – "Flow" measuring mode
MAX. FLOWUNIT VOLUME – "Linear" level type
UNIT VOLUME – "Pressure Linearized" level type
UNIT VOLUME – "Height Linearized" level type
EMPTY CALIB. – QUICK SETUPEMPTY CALIB. – "Linear" level type
EMPTY CALIB. – "Height Linearized" level type
FULL CALIB. – QUICK SETUP
FULL CALIB. – "Pressure Linearized" level type
FULL CALIB. – "Height Linearized" level type
ADJUST DENSITY – "Linear" level type
ADJUST DENSITY – "Height Linearized" level type
ADJUST DENSITY– "Level" extended setup
CUST. UNIT FACT. P
TEMP. ENG. UNIT – "Pressure" measuring mode
TEMP. ENG. UNIT – "Level" measuring mode
TEMP. ENG. UNIT – "Flow" measuring mode
CALIB. OFFSET
SET.L.FL.CUT-OFF
FACT.U.U.TOTAL.1
FACT. U. U. TOTAL. 2
RESET TOTALISER 1

63 or 96
63
50
60
64
60
65
63 or 96
59
63
64
49
59 or 60
64
60
122
45
59
63
96
124
121
122
117
55, 58, 62, 66 or 91
55, 58, 62, 67 or 91
43
47, 50, 52, 56, 61, 65, 76, 80, 89 or
94
114
112
112
112
116
117
118
51 or 94
70 or 74
78
83
49
72
86
50
73
86
73
87
96
55, 58, 62, 67 or 91
95
96
97
53
97
105
106
106

311
313

314

315

316

317
318

319
323
329
330
331

Endress+Hauser

Finding parameter description using ID numbers

5

Finding parameter description using ID numbers

ID number

Parameter name

Description, see page

332
333
334
335
336
339
350
352
354
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
365
366
367
368
369
370
375
378
380
382
383
386
389
392

PminALARM WINDOWPmaxALARM WINDOW
Tmin ALARM WINDOW
Tmax ALARM WINDOWALARM DELAYDISPLAY CONTRAST
DEVICE DESIGN.
CONFIG RECORDER
DEVICE SERIAL No.
PCB TEMPERATURE
Allowed Min. TEMP
Allowed Max. TEMP
MAT. PROC. CONN. +MAT. PROC. CONN. SEAL TYPEDIP STATUS
MAT. MEMBRANE
FILLING FLUIDSENSOR TEMP.
Tmin SENSOR
Tmax SENSORTANK CONTENT
SUPPRESSED FLOW
MEAS. VAL. TRENDCOUNTER:P > Pmax
RESET PEAKHOLDMAX. MEAS. PRESS.
ELECTR. SERIAL NO.
MEASURING MODE
CALIBRATION MODE – "Linear" level type
CALIBRATION MODE – "Height Linearized" level type
LIN. EDIT MODETOTALIZER 1 UNIT – "Volume p. cond." flow type
TOTALIZER 2 UNIT – "Volume p. cond." flow type
NEG. FLOW TOT. 1
ACK. ALARM MODE
COUNTER T>Tmax
OPERATING HOURSSIMULATION MODE
SIM. PRESSURE
NEG. FLOW TOT. 2
MENU DESCRIPTOR
ALTERNATE DATACORRECTED PRESS. – "Pressure" measuring mode
CORRECTED PRESS. – "Level" measuring mode
CORRECTED PRESS. – "Flow" measuring mode
LOW FLOW CUT-OFF
COUNTER:P < Pmin
MIN. MEAS. PRESS.
MAX. MEAS. TEMP.
COUNTER T<Tmin
MIN. MEAS. TEMP.
SIM. ERROR NO.
ALARM DISPL. TIME
PROC.CONN.TYPE
PRESS.SENS LOLIMPRESS.SENS HILIMSENSOR H/WARE REV.
PCB COUNT:T > Tmax
PCB MAX. TEMP.
PCB COUNT:T < Tmin
PCB MIN. TEMP.
ACK. ALARM
MEASURING TABLE (display)
EDITOR TABLE, LINE-NUMB (enter values)

126
126
126
126
125
108
112
112
111
112
112
112
113
113
114
112
114
115
116 or 118
115
115
117
118
116 or 118
119
120
119
111
44
72
86
99
105
106
105
124
119
121
123
123
106
107
108
116
117
118
97
119
119
119
119
119
124
125
113
114
114
115
119
120
120
120
124
100
99

397
398
399
400
401
404
409
413
414
416
419
423
434

442
467
469
471
472
474
476
480
482
484
485
487
488
490
492
494
500
549
549

6

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

ID number

Parameter name

Description, see page

550
551
563
564
570
571
581
584

EDITOR TABLE, X-VAL. (enter values)
EDITOR TABLE, Y-VAL. (enter values)
POS. INPUT VALUELAST DIAG. CODE
Pmax PROC. CONN.
MASS FLOW UNITSENSOR MEAS.TYPE
SENSOR PRESSURE – "Pressure" measuring mode
SENSOR PRESSURE – "Level" measuring mode
SENSOR PRESSURE – "Flow" measuring mode
MINIMUM SPAN
SELECT ALARM TYPE
SELECT ALARM TYPERESET ALL ALARMS
CUST. UNIT FACT. V – "Linear" level type
CUST. UNIT FACT. V – "Pressure Linearized" level type
CUST. UNIT FACT. V – "Height Linearized" level type
CUSTOMER UNIT V – "Linear" level type
CUSTOMER UNIT V – "Pressure Linearized" level type
CUSTOMER UNIT V – "Height Linearized" level type
CUST. UNIT FACT. F
CUSTOMER UNIT F
TOT. 1 USER UNIT
TOT. 2 USER UNIT
MAX PRESS. FLOW
SIM.FLOW VALUE
FLOW-MEAS. TYPETOTALIZER 1
TOTAL. 1 OVERFLOWTOTALIZER 2TOTAL. 2 OVERFLOW
STD. FLOW UNIT
NORM FLOW UNITTOTALIZER 1 UNIT – "Mass" flow type
TOTALIZER 2 UNIT – "Mass" flow type
TOTALIZER 1 UNIT – "Gas. std. conditions" flow type
TOTALIZER 2 UNIT – "Gas. std. conditions" flow type
TOTALIZER 1 UNIT – "Gas. norm conditions" flow type
TOTALIZER 2 UNIT – "Gas. norm conditions" flow type
MEASURED VALUE – "Pressure"
MEASURED VALUE – "Level"
MEASURED VALUE – "Flow"
POS.ZERO ADJUST
MAIN DATA FORMAT
CUST. UNIT FACT. M – "Linear" level type
CUST. UNIT FACT. M – "Pressure Linearized" level type
CUST. UNIT FACT. M – "Height Linearized" level type
CUSTOMER UNIT M – "Linear" level type
CUSTOMER UNIT M – "Pressure Linearized" level type
CUSTOMER UNIT M – "Height Linearized" level type
CUST. UNIT FACT. H – "Linear" level type
CUST. UNIT FACT. H – "Height Linearized" level type
CUSTOMER UNIT H – "Linear" level type
CUSTOMER UNIT H – "Height Linearized" level type
HEIGHT UNIT – "Linear" level type
HEIGHT UNIT – "Height Linearized" level type
MASS UNIT – "Linear" level type
MASS UNIT – "Pressure Linearized" level type
MASS UNIT – "Height Linearized" level type
EMPTY PRESSURE – "Linear" level type
EMPTY PRESSURE – "Height Linearized" level type
FULL PRESSURE – "Linear" level type
FULL PRESSURE – "Height Linearized" level type
LEVEL MAX.
TANK CONTENT MAX.
SIM. LEVEL

100
99, 100
47, 49 or 53
124
113
93
114
116
117
118
114
125
125
125
71 or 74
79
84
70 or 74
78
84
94
93
105
106
52 or 94
123
92
118
118
118
119
93
92
105
106
105
106
105
106
116
116
117
46, 49, 51 or 53
107
72
80
85
71
79
85
70 or 75
83 or 88
69 or 75
83 or 87
69 or 75
82 or 87
71
79
84
72
86
73
86
85
98
123

591
595
600
603
607

608

609
610
627
628
634
639
640
652
655
657
658
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
679

685
688
703

704

705
706
708
709

710
711
712
713
714

Endress+Hauser

Finding parameter description using ID numbers

7

Finding parameter description using ID numbers

ID number

Parameter name

Description, see page

715
717
718
755
759
761
770
775
804
805
806
808
809
810

SIM. TANK CONT.
MEASURING TABLE (selection)
LEVEL MODE
LEVEL MIN.
TANK CONTENT MIN.
HYDR. PRESS MAX.
EDITOR TABLE (continue entries)
HYDR. PRESS MIN.
LIN. MEASURAND
LINd. MEASURAND
COMB.MEASURAND
TABLE SELECTIONEDITOR TABLE (select table)
ADJUST DENSITY – "Linear" level type
ADJUST DENSITY – "Height Linearized" level type
PROCESS DENSITYDENSITY UNIT – "Linear" level type
DENSITY UNIT – "Height Linearized" level type
100 % POINT – "Linear" level type
100 % POINT – "Height Linearized" level typeZERO POSITION – "Linear" level typeZERO POSITION – "Height Linearized" level type
TANK DESCRIPTION
HistoROM AVAIL.
HistoROM CONTROLTANK VOLUMETANK HEIGHTIDENT NUMBER SELSET UNIT TO BUS
AI OUT VALUEAI OUT STATUS
2ND CYCLIC VALUE
SEL. DISPLAY VAL.
PA INPUT VALUE
BUS ADDRESS
COND.STATUS DIAG

123
100
67
85
98
80
100
80
69
78
82
99
99
73
86
96
73
87
76
88
76
88
100
122
122
74
75
110
110
110
110
110
111
111
111
111

811
812
813
814
815
831
832
858
859
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
998
999

8

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

3Graphic representation of function groups

Graphic representation of function groups

The "Flow" measuring mode is only available for the Deltabar S differential pressuretransmitter. The groups marked with "*" are only displayed for Deltabar S.
1st selection level

2nd selection level

3rd selection level (groups)

Function groups

Description,
see page

LANGUAGELANGUAGE (079) 43

MEASURING MODE

MEASURING MODE
(389)

 44

QUICK SETUP pressure

 46

QUICK SETUP level

 48

QUICK SETUP
Flow (Deltabar only)

 51

MANUFACTURER
VIEW1)

 OPERATING MENU SETTINGS (557) POSITION ADJUSTMENT

 53

 BASIC SETUP Pressure

 54

 BASIC SETUP Level,"Level Easy Pressure" 57

 BASIC SETUP Level,"Level Easy Height"

 62

 BASIC SETUP Level,"Level Standard"

 66

 BASIC SETUP Flow * 90

 EXTENDED SETUP Pressure

 95

 EXTENDED SETUP Level

 95

 EXTENDED SETUP
Flow *

 96

 LINEARIZATION –Onsite display

 98

 LINEARIZATION –FieldCare

 101

 TOTALIZER SETUP * 104

 DISPLAY (559) TRANSMITTER INFO (560) PROCESS INFO (561) 107 PA DATA

 110

 TRANSMITTER DATA

 111

 PROCESS CONNECTION

 113

 SENSOR DATA

 114

 PROCESS VALUES pressure 116

 PROCESS VALUES level 116

 PROCESS VALUES flow * 117

 PEAK HOLD INDICATOR

 119

 OPERATING DIAGNOSTICS

1)

 121
 SIMULATION MODE

 123

 MESSAGES

 124

 USER LIMITS 126

Only visible in FieldCare.

Endress+Hauser

9Graphic representation of function groups

1st selection level
PROFILE VIEW1)

2nd selection level PHYSICAL BLOCK TRANSDUCER BLOCK ANALOG INPUT BLOCK

1)

10Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

3rd selection level(groups)

Function groups

Description,
see page

 PB STANDARD PARAMETER

 128

 PB PARAMETER

 129

 TB STANDARD PARAMETER

 138

 TB PARAMETER

 139

 AI STANDARD PARAMETER

 140

 AI PARAMETER 141

Only visible in FieldCare.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

4

Pressure measurement

Pressure measurement• The Cerabar S and the Deltabar S is configured for the pressure measuring mode as
standard. The Deltapilot S is configured for the level measuring mode as standard. The
measuring range and the unit in which the measured value is transmitted, as well as thedigital output value of the Analog Input Block OUT, correspond to the data on the
nameplate.
• Please note that in the following instances, the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE
and the digital output value of the Analog Input Block OUT no longer display the samevalue:– If you change the operating mode
– If you change the values for PV SCALE– If you change the values for OUT SCALE– If you change the unit
 See also parameter description for PV SCALE, OUT SCALE (Page 142) and SET UNIT TO
BUS (Page 110).
• See also Operating Instructions Deltabar S (BA00294P), Section 6.7 "Differential pressure
measurement", Cerabar S (BA00295P), Section 6.6 "Pressure measurement" or Deltapilot S(BA00356P), Section 6.5 "Pressure measurement".
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see– Page 44, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 53, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT– Page 54, Table 7: BASIC SETUP.
• For a description of further relevant parameters, see– Page 95, Table 15: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 116, Table 27: PROCESS VALUES.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified in the"Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary, reconfigured!
Description
1

Deltabar S: before configuring the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andthe device filled with fluid. See Operating
Instructions BA00294P, Section 6.7.

2

Carry out position adjustment if necessary. See Page
53, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT

3

If necessary, select the "Pressure" measuring mode
via the MEASURING MODE parameter.

+–

Onsite display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING
MODE
FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE
4

If necessary, scale the OUT value of the Analog Input
Block, see Page 142, parameter descriptions for PV
SCALE and OUT SCALE or set the OUT value to equal
the measured value, see Page 110, parameter
description for SET UNIT TO BUS.

5

Result:
The device is ready for pressure measurement.

P01-PMD75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-000• You can also specify a customer-specific unit. See parameter description for PRESS. ENG.
UNIT (Page 55).

Endress+Hauser

11

Level measurement

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

5

Level measurement

5.1

Overview of level measurement

Measuring task

LEVEL SELECTION/LEVEL MODE

Measuredvariable options

Description

Comment

Measured value display

The measured variable is in
direct proportion to themeasured pressure.
Calibration is performed byentering two pressure-levelvalue pairs.

LEVEL SELECTION:
Level Easy Pressure– Incorrect entries
Via OUTPUT UNIT – Calibration withare possiblereference pressure –parameter: %, level,– Customized units
wet calibration, seevolume or mass
are not possible
Page 13, Section 5.2.1
units.
– Calibration without
reference pressure –dry calibration, see
Page 16, Section 5.2.2

The measured value
display and the LEVELBEFORE LIN parametershow the measured value.

The measured variable is in LEVEL SELECTION:
Level Easy Height
direct proportion to themeasured pressure.
Calibration is performed byentering the density and twoheight-level value pairs.

– Incorrect entries
Via OUTPUT UNIT – Calibration withare possiblereference pressure –parameter: %, level,– Customized units
wet calibration, seevolume or mass
are not possible
Page 18, Section 5.3.1
units.
– Calibration without
reference pressure –dry calibration, see
Page 21, Section 5.3.2

The measured value
display and the LEVELBEFORE LIN parametershow the measured value.

The measured variable is in
direct proportion to themeasured pressure.

LEVEL SELECTION:
Level standard/
LEVEL MODE:
LinearVia LIN.
MEASURAND
parameter:– % (level)– Level– Volume– Mass– Incorrect entries– Calibration withare rejected byreference pressure –the device
wet calibration, see
Page 23, Section 5.4.1 – Customized level,
volume and mass
– Calibration without
units are possiblereference pressure –dry calibration, see
Page 25, Section 5.4.2

The measured value
display and the LEVELBEFORE LIN parametershow the measured value.

The measured variable is notin direct proportion to themeasured pressure as, forexample, with containers
with a conical outlet. A
linearization table must beentered for the calibration.

LEVEL SELECTION:
Level standard/
LEVEL MODE:
Pressure linearized

Via LINd
MEASURAND
parameter:– Pressure + %– Pressure +Volume– Pressure + Mass

– Calibration with
– Incorrect entries
reference pressure:are rejected by
the device
semiautomatic entryof linearization table, – Customized level,
volume and mass
see Page 27, Section
units are possible
5.5.1– Calibration without
reference pressure:manual entry of
linearization table, see
Page 30, Section 5.5.2

The measured value
display and the TANKCONTENT parametershow the measured value.

– Two measured variables
are required or– The container shape isgiven by value pairs, suchas height and volume.

LEVEL SELECTION:
Level standard/
LEVEL MODE: Height
Linearized– Incorrect entries– Calibration with
Via COMB.
are rejected byreference pressure:
MEASURAND
the device
wet calibration andparameter:– Customized level,
semiautomatic entry– Height + Volume
volume and massof linearization table,– Height + Mass
units are possible
see Page 33, Section– Height + %5.6.1– %-Height +– Calibration without
volumereference pressure:– %-Height + Mass
dry calibration and– %-Height + %manual entry of
linearization table, see
Page 37, Section 5.6.2

The 1st measured variable%-Height or height must be
in direct proportion to themeasured pressure. The 2nd
measured variable volume,
mass or % must not be indirect proportion to themeasured pressure. A
linearization table must beentered for the 2nd
measured variable. The 2nd
measured variable isassigned to the 1st
measured variable by meansof this table.

12

The measured value
display and the TANKCONTENT parametershow the 2nd measured
value (volume, mass or%).
The LEVEL BEFORE LIN
parameter displays the
1st measured value (%Height or height).

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Level measurement

5.2"Level Easy Pressure" level selection

5.2.1

Calibration with reference pressure – wet calibration

Example:In this example, the level in a tank should be measured in m. The maximum level is 3 m (9.8ft). The pressure range is set to 0 to 300 mbar (4.5 psi).
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• The tank can be filled or emptied.
• Please note that in the following instances, the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE
and the digital output value of the Analog Input Block OUT no longer display the samevalue:– If you change the operating mode
– If you change the values for PV SCALE– If you change the values for OUT SCALE– If you change the unit
 See also parameter description for PV SCALE, OUT SCALE (Page 142) and SET UNIT TO
BUS (Page 110).
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00294P) or Cerabar S (BA00295P),
Section 6.6 "Level measurement" or Deltapilot S (BA00356P), Section 6.5 "Levelmeasurement".
• The values entered for EMPTY CALIB. and FULL CALIB. must have a minimum interval of
1% for the "Level Easy Pressure" level mode. The value will be rejected with a warning
message if the values are too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. thevalues entered must be appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that themeasuring device can measure correctly.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see– Page 44, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 53, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT– Page 57, Table 8: LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Pressure"• For a description of further relevant parameters, see– Page 95, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 116, Table 28: PROCESS VALUES.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified in the"Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary, reconfigured!

Endress+Hauser

13

Level measurement

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description
1

Deltabar S: Before you configure the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andfilled with medium. See Operating Instructions
BA00294P, Section 6.6.1

2

Carry out position adjustment if necessary. See Page
53, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT

3

If necessary, select the "Level" measuring mode via
the MEASURING MODE parameter.

➁

300 mbar3m➀

0 mbar0m

Onsite display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE
FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE
4

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-008

If necessary, select "Level Easy Pressure" level modeusing the LEVEL SELECTION parameter.

Fig. 1:

Onsite display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE "Level"  LEVEL SELECTION

1
2Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, step 9.
See Table, step 10.

FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE "Level" LEVEL
SELECTION

14

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Level measurement

Description
5

Onsite display:
Select BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP

6

Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

7

Select a level unit via the OUTPUT UNIT parameter,
here m for example.

8

Select the "Wet" option via the CALIBRATION MODE
parameter.

9

Hydrostatic pressure for the lower calibration pointis present at the device, here 0 mbar for example.

h
[m]

➁

3

➀

0
0

Select EMPTY CALIB. parameter.

300p[mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-011

Fig. 2:Enter the level value, here 0 m for example. Confirm
the value to assign the pressure value present to the1lower level value.
2

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, step 9.
See Table, step 10.

To accept the displayed value you must first switch
to the editing mode (see the "Editing values" section)and then press the "E" button to save the value.
10 Hydrostatic pressure for the upper calibration pointis present at the device, here 300 mbar (4.5 psi) for
example.
Select FULL CALIB. parameter.
Enter the level value, here 3 m (9.8 ft) for example.
Confirm the value to assign the pressure value
present to the upper level value.
To accept the displayed value you must first switch
to the editing mode (see the "Editing values" section)and then press the "E" button to save the value.
11 If necessary, scale the OUT value of the Analog Input
Block, see Page 142, parameter descriptions for PV
SCALE and OUT SCALE or set the OUT value to equal
the measured value, see Page 110, parameter
description for SET UNIT TO BUS.
12 Result:
The measuring range is set for 0 to 3 m (9.8 ft).

Endress+Hauser

1.

You can also perform calibration with reference pressure by means of the QUICK SETUP
menu. See Page 48 ff, Table 4: QUICK SETUP menu.

2.

For this level mode, the measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available.
 See also parameter description for OUTPUT UNIT, Page 59.

3.

For operation using the onsite display, the parameters EMPTY CALIB. ( Page 60) andFULL CALIB. ( Page 60) also show the respective pressure present at the device. For
operation using the FieldCare, the pressure present at the device is displayed in the
PROCESS VALUES group.

15

Level measurement

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

5.2.2

Calibration without reference pressure – dry calibration

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in liters. The maximum volume of1000 liters (264 US gal) corresponds to a pressure of 450 mbar (6.75 psi). The minimum
volume of 0 liters corresponds to a pressure of 50 mbar (0.75 psi). The device is mounted
below the level lower range value.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• This is a theoretical calibration i.e. the pressure and volume values for the lower and upper
calibration point must be known.
• Please note that in the following instances, the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE
and the digital output value of the Analog Input Block OUT no longer display the samevalue:– If you change the operating mode
– If you change the values for PV SCALE– If you change the values for OUT SCALE– If you change the unit
 See also parameter description for PV SCALE, OUT SCALE (Page 142) and SET UNIT TO
BUS (Page 110).
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00294P) or Cerabar S (BA00295P),
Section 6.6 "Level measurement" or Deltapilot S (BA00356P), Section 6.5 "Levelmeasurement".
• The values entered for EMPTY CALIB. and FULL CALIB. must have a minimum interval of
1% for the "Level Easy Pressure" level mode. The value will be rejected with a warning
message if the values are too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. thevalues entered must be appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that themeasuring device can measure correctly.
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when
the container is empty or partly filled, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display
zero.  To perform a position adjustment see also Page 53, Table 6: Position adjustment.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see– Page 44, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 57, Table 8: LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Pressure"• For a description of further relevant parameters, see– Page 95, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 116, Table 28: PROCESS VALUES.
Description
1

Select the "Level" measuring mode via the
MEASURING MODE parameter.

➁

1000 l450 mbar

Onsite display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE➀

FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE
20l
50 mbarIf necessary, select "Level Easy Pressure" level modeusing the LEVEL SELECTION parameter.
Onsite display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE "Level"  LEVEL SELECTION
FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE "Level" LEVEL
SELECTION

3

16

Onsite display:
Select BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP

P01-PMC71xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-008

Fig. 3:1
2
3
4

Calibration without reference pressure –dry calibration
See Table, step 10.
See Table, step 11.
See Table, step 12.
See Table, step 13.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Level measurement

Description
4

Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

V
[l]

5

Select a volume unit via the OUTPUT UNIT
parameter, here l (liters) for example.

6

Select the "Dry" option via the CALIBRATION MODE
parameter.

7Enter the volume value for the lower calibration
point via the EMPTY CALIB. parameter, here 0 l for
example.

8Enter the pressure value for the lower calibration
point via the EMPTY PRESSURE parameter, here 50
mbar (0.75 psi) for example.

➀

Enter the volume value for the upper calibration
point via the FULL CALIB. parameter, here 1000 l(264 US gal) for example.

Fig. 4:9

10 Enter the pressure value for the upper calibration
point via the FULL PRESSURE parameter, here 450
mbar (6.75 psi) for example.

➂ 1000

1
2
3
4

0
50

450

➁

➃

p
[mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-026

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, step 7.
See Table, step 8.
See Table, step 9.
See Table, step 10.

11 If necessary, scale the OUT value of the Analog Input
Block, see Page 142, parameter descriptions for PV
SCALE and OUT SCALE or set the OUT value to equal
the measured value, see Page 110, parameter
description for SET UNIT TO BUS.
12 Result:
The measuring range is set for 0 to 1000 l (264 US
gal).

1.

Endress+Hauser

For this level mode, the measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available.
 See also parameter description for OUTPUT UNIT, Page 59.

17

Level measurement

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

5.3"Level Easy Height" level selection

5.3.1

Calibration with reference pressure – wet calibration

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in liters. The maximum volume of1000 liters (264 US gal) corresponds to a level of 4.5 m (15 ft). The minimum volume of 0liters corresponds to a level of 0.5 m (1.6 ft). The device is mounted below the level lower
range value. The density of the fluid is 1 kg/dm3.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• The tank can be filled or emptied.
• Please note that in the following instances, the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE
and the digital output value of the Analog Input Block OUT no longer display the samevalue:– If you change the operating mode
– If you change the values for PV SCALE– If you change the values for OUT SCALE– If you change the unit
 See also parameter description for PV SCALE, OUT SCALE (Page 142) and SET UNIT TO
BUS (Page 110).
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00294P) or Cerabar S (BA00295P),
Section 6.6 "Level measurement" or Deltapilot S (BA00356P), Section 6.5 "Levelmeasurement".
• The values entered for EMPTY CALIB./FULL CALIB., EMPTY PRESSURE/FULL PRESSURE
and EMPTY HEIGHT/FULL HEIGHT must have a minimum interval of 1% for the "Level
Easy Height" level mode. The value will be rejected with a warning message if the values
are too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. the values entered must be
appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that the measuring device canmeasure correctly.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see– Page 44, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 53, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT– Page 62, Table 9: LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Height"• For a description of further relevant parameters, see– Page 95, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 116, Table 28: PROCESS VALUES.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified in the"Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary, reconfigured!

18

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Level measurement

Description
1

Deltabar S: Before you configure the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andfilled with medium. See Operating Instructions
BA00294P, Section 6.6.1

2

Carry out position adjustment if necessary. See Page
53, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT

3

Select the "Level" measuring mode via the
MEASURING MODE parameter.

➂

1000 l
4.5 m

➁

0l
0.5 m

➀

Onsite display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE

r = 1 kg3dm

FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE
P01-PMC71xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-009

Fig. 5:1
2
3

Endress+Hauser

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, steps 10 and 11.
See Table, step 12.
See Table, step 13.

19

Level measurement

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description
4

If necessary, select the "Level Easy Height" level modeusing the LEVEL SELECTION parameter.

hp[m] h = r · g

Onsite display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE "Level"  LEVEL SELECTION

4.5

FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE "Level" LEVEL
SELECTION
5

6

➀
r=1

Onsite display:
Select BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP

0.5
49

Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

7

Select a volume unit via the OUTPUT UNIT
parameter, here l (liters) for example.

8

Select a height unit via the HEIGHT UNIT parameter,
here m for example.

9

Select the "Wet" option via the CALIBRATION MODE
parameter.

441

p[mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-029

V[l]➂ 100010 Select a density unit via the DENSITY UNIT
parameter, here g/cm3 for example.
11 Enter the density of the fluid using the ADJUSTDENSITY parameter, here 1 g/cm3 for example.
12 Enter the volume value for the lower calibration
point via the EMPTY CALIB. parameter, here 0 l for
example. (The currently measured hydrostaticpressure is displayed as height, here 0.5 m (1.6 ft)
for example.)
To accept the displayed value you must first switch
to the editing mode (see the "Editing values" section)and then press the "E" button to save the value.

g
cm3

➁

p
h= ρ·g
0
0.5

4.5

h
[m]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-030

Fig. 6:1
2
3

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, steps 10 and 11.
See Table, step 12.
See Table, step 13.

13 Enter the volume value for the upper calibration
point via the FULL CALIB. parameter, here 1000 l(264 US gal) for example. (The currently measuredhydrostatic pressure is displayed as height, here 4.5
m (15 ft) for example.)
To accept the displayed value you must first switch
to the editing mode (see the "Editing values" section)and then press the "E" button to save the value.
14 If necessary, scale the OUT value of the Analog Input
Block, see Page 142, parameter descriptions for PV
SCALE and OUT SCALE or set the OUT value to equal
the measured value, see Page 110, parameter
description for SET UNIT TO BUS.
15 Result:
The measuring range is set for 0 to 1000 l (264 US
gal).

1.

20

For this level mode, the measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available.
 See also parameter description for OUTPUT UNIT, Page 63.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

5.3.2

Level measurement

Calibration without reference pressure – dry calibration

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in liters. The maximum volume of1000 liters (264 US gal) corresponds to a level of 4.5 m (15 ft). The minimum volume of 0liters corresponds to a level of 0.5 m (1.6 ft). The device is mounted below the level lower
range value. The density of the fluid is 1 kg/dm3.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• This is a theoretical calibration i.e. the height and volume values for the lower and upper
calibration point must be known.
• Please note that in the following instances, the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE
and the digital output value of the Analog Input Block OUT no longer display the samevalue:– If you change the operating mode
– If you change the values for PV SCALE– If you change the values for OUT SCALE– If you change the unit
 See also parameter description for PV SCALE, OUT SCALE (Page 142) and SET UNIT TO
BUS (Page 110).
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00294P) or Cerabar S (BA00295P),
Section 6.6 or Deltapilot S (BA00356P), Section 6.5.
• The values entered for EMPTY CALIB./FULL CALIB., EMPTY PRESSURE/FULL PRESSURE
and EMPTY HEIGHT/FULL HEIGHT must have a minimum interval of 1% for the "Level
Easy Height" level mode. The value will be rejected with a warning message if the values
are too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. the values entered must be
appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that the measuring device canmeasure correctly.
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when
the container is empty or partly filled, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display
zero.  To perform a position adjustment see also Page 53, Table 6: Position adjustment.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see– Page 44, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 62, Table 9: LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Height"• For a description of further relevant parameters, see– Page 95, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 116, Table 28: PROCESS VALUES.
Description
1

Select the "Level" measuring mode via the
MEASURING MODE parameter.

➂

1000 l
4.5 m

Onsite display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE
FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE
2

➁

0l
0.5 m

If necessary, select the "Level Easy Height" level modeusing the LEVEL SELECTION parameter.

➀r = 1 kg3dm

Onsite display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE "Level"  LEVEL SELECTION
FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE "Level" LEVEL
SELECTION
3

Endress+Hauser

Onsite display:
Select BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP

P01-PMC71xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-009

Fig. 7:1
2
3

Calibration without reference pressure –dry calibration
See Table, step 11.
See Table, steps 13 and 14.
See Table, steps 15 and 16.

21

Level measurement

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description
4

Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

5

Select a volume unit via the OUTPUT UNIT
parameter, here l (liters) for example.

6

Select a height unit via the HEIGHT UNIT parameter,
here m for example.

7

Select the "Dry" option via the CALIBRATION MODE
parameter.

8

Select a density unit via the DENSITY UNIT
parameter, here kg/dm3 for example.

9Enter the density of the fluid using the ADJUSTDENSITY parameter, here 1 kg/dm3 for example.

hp[m] h = r · g
4.5

➀
r=1

0.5
49

441

g
cm3

p
[mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-029

10 Enter the volume value for the lower calibration
point via the EMPTY CALIB. parameter, here 0 l(liters) for example.

V[l]

11 Enter the height value for the lower calibration point
via the EMPTY HEIGHT parameter, here 0.5 mbar
(1.6 ft) for example.

➃ 1000

12 Enter the volume value for the upper calibration
point via the FULL CALIB. parameter, here 1000 l(liters) for example.
13 Enter the height value for the upper calibration point
via the FULL HEIGHT parameter, here 4.5 mbar (15ft) for example.

➁ph= ρ·g
0
0.5

h
4.5
[m]
14 If necessary, scale the OUT value of the Analog Input➄➂
Block, see Page 142, parameter descriptions for PV
P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-032
SCALE and OUT SCALE or set the OUT value to equal Fig. 8:
Calibration with reference pressure –the measured value, see Page 110, parameter
wet calibration
description for SET UNIT TO BUS.
1
See Table, steps 8 and 9.
15 Result:
The measuring range is set for 0 to 1000 l (liters)(264 US gal).

1.

22

2
3
4
5

See Table, step 10.
See Table, step 11.
See Table, step 12.
See Table, step 13.

For this level mode, the measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available.
 See also parameter description for OUTPUT UNIT, Page 63.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Level measurement

5.4"Level Standard" level selection,"Linear" level type

5.4.1

Calibration with reference pressure – wet calibration

Example:In this example, the level in a tank should be measured in m. The maximum level is 3 m (9.8ft). The pressure range is set to 0 to 300 mbar (4.5 psi).
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• The tank can be filled or emptied.
• Please note that in the following instances, the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE
and the digital output value of the Analog Input Block OUT no longer display the samevalue:– If you change the operating mode
– If you change the values for PV SCALE– If you change the values for OUT SCALE– If you change the unit
 See also parameter description for PV SCALE, OUT SCALE (Page 142) and SET UNIT TO
BUS (Page 110).
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00294P) or Cerabar S (BA00295P),
Section 6.6 or Deltapilot S (BA00356P), Section 6.5.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see– Page 44, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 53, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT– Page 66, Table 10: BASIC SETUP– Page 69, Table 11: BASIC SETUP – "Linear" level type.
• For a description of further relevant parameters, see– Page 95, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 116, Table 22: PROCESS VALUES.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified in the"Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary, reconfigured!
Description
1

Deltabar S: Before you configure the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andfilled with medium. See Operating Instructions
BA00294P, Section 6.6.1

2

Carry out position adjustment if necessary. See Page
53, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT

3

If necessary, select the "Level" measuring mode via
the MEASURING MODE parameter.

➁

300 mbar3m➀

0 mbar0m

Onsite display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE
FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-008

Fig. 9:1
2

Endress+Hauser

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, step 11.
See Table, step 12.

23

Level measurement

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description
4

If necessary, select "Level Standard" level mode using
the LEVEL SELECTION parameter.

h[m]Onsite display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE

➁

3

➀

0

FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE
5

Onsite display:
Select BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP

6

Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

7

Select the "Linear" option by means of the LEVELMODE parameter.

8

Select the "Level" option by means of the LIN.
MEASURAND parameter.

9

Select a level unit via the HEIGHT UNIT parameter,
here m for example.

0

300

p
[mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-011

1
2

See Table, step 11.
See Table, step 12.

10 Select the "Wet" option via the CALIBRATION MODE
parameter.
11 The pressure for the lower calibration point ispresent at the device, here 0 mbar for example.
Select EMPTY CALIB. parameter.
Enter the level value, here 0 m for example. Confirm
the value to assign the pressure value present to thelower level value.
12 The pressure for the upper calibration point ispresent at the device, here 300 mbar (4.5 psi) for
example.
Select FULL CALIB. parameter.
Enter the level value, here 3 m (9.8 ft) for example.
Confirm the value to assign the pressure value
present to the upper level value.
13 If necessary, scale the OUT value of the Analog Input
Block, see Page 142, parameter descriptions for
PV SCALE and OUT SCALE or set the OUT value toequal the measured value, see Page 110, parameter
description for SET UNIT TO BUS.
14 Result:
The corresponding pressure value has been assigned
to the lower and upper level value. The device isready for level measurement.

24

1.

You can also perform calibration with reference pressure by means of the QUICK SETUP
menu. See Page 48 ff, Table 4: QUICK SETUP menu.

2.

You can also specify customer-specific units. See parameter description for PRESS. ENG.
UNIT (Page 66), HEIGHT UNIT ( Page 69), UNIT VOLUME (Page 70) and MASSUNIT (Page 71).

3.

For this level type, the measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available.
 See Page 69 ff.

4.

The EMPTY PRESSURE ( Page 72) and FULL PRESSURE ( Page 73) parametersdisplay the pressure values belonging to the EMPTY CALIB. and FULL CALIB.
parameters.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

5.4.2

Level measurement

Calibration without reference pressure – dry calibration

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in m3. The maximum volume is 5
m3 and the maximum height 4 m (13 ft). The density of the fluid is 1 kg/dm3. The device ismounted below the level lower range value.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• This is a theoretical calibration, i.e. the tank volume, tank height and density of the fluid
are known.
• Please note that in the following instances, the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE
and the digital output value of the Analog Input Block OUT no longer display the samevalue:– If you change the operating mode
– If you change the values for PV SCALE– If you change the values for OUT SCALE– If you change the unit
 See also parameter description for PV SCALE, OUT SCALE (Page 142) and SET UNIT TO
BUS (Page 110).
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00294P) or Cerabar S (BA00295P),
Section 6.6 "Level measurement" or Deltapilot S (BA00356P), Section 6.5 "Levelmeasurement".
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when
the container is empty or partly filled, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display
zero.  To perform a position adjustment see also Page 53, Table 6: Position adjustment.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see– Page 44, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 66, Table 10: BASIC SETUP– Page 69, Table 11: BASIC SETUP – "Linear" level type.
• For a description of further relevant parameters, see– Page 95, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 116, Table 28: PROCESS VALUES.
Description
1

Select the "Level" measuring mode via the
MEASURING MODE parameter.
Onsite display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE

➂

4m

➁ V = 5 m3

FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE➃➀

–0.5 mr = 1 kg3dm

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-003

Fig. 10:1
2
3
4

Endress+Hauser

Calibration without reference pressure –dry calibration
See Table, step 9.
See Table, step 10.
See Table, step 11.
See Table, step 12.

25

Level measurement

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description
2

If necessary, select "Level Standard" level mode using
the LEVEL SELECTION parameter.
Onsite display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE "Level"  LEVEL SELECTION
FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE "Level" LEVEL
SELECTION

3

Onsite display:
Select BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP

4

Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

5

Select the "Linear" option by means of the LEVELMODE parameter.

6

Select the "Volume" option by means of the LIN.
MEASURAND parameter.

7

Select a volume unit via the UNIT VOLUME
parameter, here m3 for example.

8

Select the "Dry" option via the CALIBRATION MODE
parameter.

9Enter the value for density via the ADJUST DENSITY
parameter, here 1 kg/dm3 for example.

10 Enter the tank volume via the TANK VOLUME
parameter, here 5 m3 for example.
11 Enter the tank height via the TANK HEIGHT
parameter, here 4 m (13 ft) for example.
12 Enter the level offset via the ZERO POSITION
parameter,
here –0.5 m (-1.6 ft) for example.
13 If necessary, scale the OUT value of the Analog Input
Block, see Page 142, parameter descriptions for PV
SCALE and OUT SCALE or set the OUT value to equal
the measured value, see Page 110, parameter
description for SET UNIT TO BUS.
14 Result:
The device is ready for level measurement.

26

1.

For this level type, the measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available.
 See Page 69 ff.

2.

You can also specify customer-specific units. See parameter description for PRESS. ENG.
UNIT (Page 66), HEIGHT UNIT ( Page 69), UNIT VOLUME (Page 70) and MASSUNIT ( Page 71).

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Level measurement

5.5"Level standard" level selection,"Pressure linearized" level type

5.5.1

Semiautomatic entry of the linearization table

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank with a conical outlet should be measured in m3.
Prerequisite:• The tank can be filled. The linearization characteristic must rise continuously.
• A minimum gap of 0.5 % of the distance between two points must be maintained. Spansfor the "Pressure linearized" option: HYDR. PRESS MAX. – HYDR. PRESS MIN.; TANKCONTENT MAX. – TANK CONTENT MIN. Spans for the "Height linearized" option: LEVEL
MAX. – LEVEL MIN.; TANK CONTENT MAX. – TANK CONTENT MIN.
• Please note that in the following instances, the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE
and the digital output value of the Analog Input Block OUT no longer display the samevalue:– If you change the operating mode
– If you change the values for PV SCALE– If you change the values for OUT SCALE– If you change the unit
 See also parameter description for PV SCALE, OUT SCALE (Page 142) and SET UNIT TO
BUS (Page 110).
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00294P) or Cerabar S (BA00295P),
Section 6.6 "Level measurement" or Deltapilot S (BA00356P), Section 6.5 "Levelmeasurement".
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see– Page 44, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 53, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT– Page 66, Table 10: BASIC SETUP– Page 69, Table 11: BASIC SETUP – "Pressure linearized" level type– Page 98, Table 18: LINEARIZATION – Onsite display– Page 101, Table 19: LINEARIZATION – FieldCare• For a description of further relevant parameters, see– Page 95, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 116, Table 28: PROCESS VALUES.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified in the"Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary, reconfigured!
Description
1

2

Deltabar S: Before you configure the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andfilled with medium. See Operating Instructions
BA00294P, Section 6.6.1.

V
[m3]
3.5

Carry out position adjustment if necessary. See Page
48, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT

0
0

350

p
[mbar]

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-002

Endress+Hauser

27

Level measurement

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description
Carry out basic setup:3

If necessary, select the "Level" measuring mode via
the MEASURING MODE parameter.

V
[m3]
➃ 3.5

Onsite display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING
MODE
FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE
4➄

If necessary, select "Level Standard" level mode using
the LEVEL SELECTION parameter.
Onsite display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE "Level"  LEVEL SELECTION
FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE "Level" LEVEL
SELECTION

5

Onsite display:
Select BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP

6

Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

7

Select the "Pressure linearized" option by means of
the LEVEL MODE parameter. See also the following
note, point 3.

8Select the "Volume" option by means of the LINd.
MEASURAND parameter.

9

Select a volume unit via the UNIT VOLUME
parameter, here m3 for example.

➂

0
0

➀
Fig. 11:
1
2
3
4
5

350

➁

p
[mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-015

Semiautomatic entry of the linearization table
See Table, step 10.
See Table, step 11.
See Table, step 13.
See Table, step 14.
See Table, steps 15 to 19.

10 Select HYDR. PRESS MIN. parameter.
Enter the minimum hydrostatic pressure to be
expected, here 0 mbar for example.
11 Select HYDR. PRESS MAX .
Enter the maximum hydrostatic pressure to be
expected, here 350 mbar (5.25 psi) for example.
Carry out linearization:
12 Change the function group.
Onsite display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION OPERATINGMENU  SETTINGS  LINEARIZATION
FieldCare:
Menu path: MANUFACTURER VIEW OPERATINGMENU  SETTINGS  LINEARIZATION
13 Select TANK CONTENT MIN parameter.
Specify the minimum tank contents to be expected,
here 0 m3 for example.
14 Select TANK CONTENT MAX parameter.
Specify the maximum tank contents to be expected,
here 3.5 m3 for example. See also the following note,
point 4.
15 Onsite display:
Select the "Editor table" option by means of the
TABLE SELECTION parameter.
16 Select the "Semiautomatic" option by means of the
LIN. EDIT MODE parameter.

28

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Level measurement

Description
17 Select the "New table" option by means of the EDITORTABLE parameter.
18 Enter linearization table (min. 2 points, max.
32 points).
Fill the tank to the height of the 1st point.
LINE-NUMB: confirm value displayed.
X-VAL.: the hydrostatic pressure present isdisplayed.
The X-VAL. displayed is saved by confirming the Yvalue. See following line, Y-VAL.
Y-VAL.: enter the volume value, here 0 m3 forexample, and confirm the value.
19 Onsite display:
If you want to enter another point for the
linearization table, select the "Next point" option andenter the point as described in step 18.
FieldCare:
You can enter further points for the linearizationtable as explained in step 18.
20 If you want to finish entering the values and activate
the linearization table, select the "Accept input table"
option.
21 If necessary, scale the OUT value of the Analog Input
Block, see Page 142, parameter descriptions for PV
SCALE and OUT SCALE or set the OUT value to equal
the measured value, see Page 110, parameter
description for SET UNIT TO BUS.
22 Result:
The linearization table has been entered and thedevice is ready for level measurement.

Endress+Hauser

1.

For this level type, the measured variables %, volume and mass are available. See
Page 77 ff.

2.

You can also specify customer-specific units. See parameter description for PRESS. ENG.
UNIT (Page 66), HEIGHT UNIT ( Page 78), UNIT VOLUME (Page 78) and MASSUNIT ( Page 79).

3.

Once you have selected the "Pressure linearized" level type, the warning message "W710
Set span too small. Not allowed." can appear. At this stage the linearization table alreadyconsists of two points as standard. It could be the case that the 2nd value, and thus thehighest X-VAL. of the linearization table, is smaller than the minimum span permitted( MINIMUM SPAN, Page 114). The message disappears as soon as the highest XVALUE is greater than the minimum span and the table entered is active.

4.

Once you have entered the maximum tank contents to be expected for TANK CONTENT
MAX., the alarm "A719 Y-Val of lin. table out of edit limits" can appear. At this stage thelinearization table already consists of two points as standard. It could be the case thatthe 2nd value and thus the highest Y-VALUE of the linearization table is greater thanthe value entered for TANK CONTENT MAX. The message disappears as soon as no YVALUE is greater than the value for TANK CONTENT MAX. and the table entered is
active.

29

Level measurement

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

5.5.2

Manual entry of the linearization table

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank with a conical outlet should be measured in m3.
Prerequisite:• This is a theoretical calibration, i.e. the points for the linearization table are known.
• A minimum gap of 0.5 % of the distance between two points must be maintained. Spansfor the "Pressure linearized" option: HYDR. PRESS MAX. – HYDR. PRESS MIN.; TANKCONTENT MAX. – TANK CONTENT MIN. Spans for the "Height linearized" option: LEVEL
MAX. – LEVEL MIN.; TANK CONTENT MAX. – TANK CONTENT MIN.
• Please note that in the following instances, the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE
and the digital output value of the Analog Input Block OUT no longer display the samevalue:– If you change the operating mode
– If you change the values for PV SCALE– If you change the values for OUT SCALE– If you change the unit
 See also parameter description for PV SCALE, OUT SCALE (Page 142) and SET UNIT TO
BUS (Page 110).
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00294P) or Cerabar S (BA00295P),
Section 6.6 "Level measurement" or Deltapilot S (BA00356P), Section 6.5 "Levelmeasurement".
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when
the container is empty or partly filled, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display
zero.  To perform a position adjustment see also Page 53, Table 6: Position adjustment.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see– Page 53, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT– Page 57, Table 8: BASIC SETUP– Page 77, Table 12: BASIC SETUP – "Pressure linearized" level type– Page 98, Table 18: LINEARIZATION – Onsite display– Page 101, Table 19: LINEARIZATION – FieldCare• For a description of further relevant parameters, see– Page 95, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 116, Table 28: PROCESS VALUES.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified in the"Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary, reconfigured!

30

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Level measurement

Description
1

Perform calibration as per Section 5.5.1, steps 3 to
11.

V
[m3]
3.5

Carry out linearization:
2

Change the function group.
Onsite display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION OPERATINGMENU  SETTINGS  LINEARIZATION
FieldCare:
Menu path: MANUFACTURER VIEW OPERATINGMENU  SETTINGS  LINEARIZATION

30
0P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-002

V
[m3]
➃ 3.5

Select TANK CONTENT MAX parameter.
Specify the maximum tank contents to be expected,
here 3.5 m3 for example. See also the following note,
point 3.

5

Select the "Editor table" option by means of the
TABLE SELECTION parameter.

6

Select the "Manual" option by means of the LIN. EDIT
MODE parameter.

7

Select the "New table" option by means of the EDITORTABLE parameter.

8

➄

➂

Enter linearization table (min. 2 points, max.
32 points).
LINE-NUMB: confirm value displayed.
X-VAL.: enter the pressure value and confirm.
Y-VAL.: enter the volume value, here 0 m3 forexample, and confirm.

9p[mbar]

Select TANK CONTENT MIN parameter.
Specify the minimum tank contents to be expected,
here 0 m3 for example.

4

350

0
0

➀
Fig. 12:
1
2
3
4
5

350

p

➁ [mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-015

Manual entry of the linearization table
See Section 5.5.1, Table, step 10.
See Section 5.5.1, Table, step 11.
See Table, step 3.
See Table, step 4.
See Table, steps 5 to 9.

Onsite display:
If you want to enter another point for the
linearization table, select the "Next point" option andenter the point as described in step 8.
FieldCare:
You can enter further points for the linearizationtable as explained in step 8.

10 If you want to finish entering the values and activate
the linearization table, select the "Accept input table"
option.
11 If necessary, scale the OUT value of the Analog Input
Block, see Page 142, parameter descriptions for PV
SCALE and OUT SCALE or set the OUT value to equal
the measured value, see Page 110, parameter
description for SET UNIT TO BUS.
12 Result:
The linearization table has been entered and thedevice is ready for level measurement.

Endress+Hauser

1.

For this level type, the measured variables %, volume and mass are available. See
Page 77 ff.

2.

You can also specify customer-specific units. See parameter description for PRESS. ENG.
UNIT (Page 66), HEIGHT UNIT ( Page 78), UNIT VOLUME ( Page 78) and MASSUNIT ( Page 79).

31

Level measurement

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

3.

32

Once you have selected the "Pressure linearized" level type, the warning message "W710
Set span too small. Not allowed." can appear. At this stage the linearization table alreadyconsists of two points as standard. It could be the case that the 2nd value, and thus thehighest X-VAL. of the linearization table, is smaller than the minimum span permitted( MINIMUM SPAN, Page 114). The message disappears as soon as the highest XVALUE is greater than the minimum span and the table entered is active.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Level measurement

5.6"Level standard" level selection,"Height linearized" level type

5.6.1

Wet calibration and semiautomatic entry of the linearization
table

Example:In this example, the height and the volume should be measured at the same time.
Prerequisite:• The tank can be filled. The linearization characteristic must rise continuously.
• A minimum gap of 0.5 % of the distance between two points must be maintained. Spansfor the "Pressure linearized" option: HYDR. PRESS MAX. – HYDR. PRESS MIN.; TANKCONTENT MAX. – TANK CONTENT MIN. Spans for the "Height linearized" option: LEVEL
MAX. – LEVEL MIN.; TANK CONTENT MAX. – TANK CONTENT MIN.
• Please note that in the following instances, the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE
and the digital output value of the Analog Input Block OUT no longer display the samevalue:– If you change the operating mode
– If you change the values for PV SCALE– If you change the values for OUT SCALE– If you change the unit
 See also parameter description for PV SCALE, OUT SCALE (Page 142) and SET UNIT TO
BUS (Page 110).
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00294P) or Cerabar S (BA00295P),
Section 6.6 or Deltapilot S (BA00356P), Section 6.5.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see– Page 53, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT– Page 66, Table 10: BASIC SETUP– Page 82, Table 13: BASIC SETUP – "Height linearized" level type– Page 98, Table 18: LINEARIZATION – Onsite display– Page 101, Table 19: LINEARIZATION – FieldCare• For a description of further parameters, see– Page 95, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 116, Table 28: PROCESS VALUES.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified in the"Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary, reconfigured!
Description
1

Deltabar S: Before you configure the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andfilled with medium. See Operating Instructions
BA00294P, Section 6.6.1

2

Carry out position adjustment if necessary. See Page
53, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT
Perform calibration for the 1st measured
variable:

3

➁➃

➀➂

If necessary, select the "Level" measuring mode via
the MEASURING MODE parameter.
Onsite display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING
MODE

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-004

FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE

Endress+Hauser

33

Level measurement

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description
4

If necessary, select "Level Standard" level mode using
the LEVEL SELECTION parameter.
Onsite display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE "Level"  LEVEL SELECTION

h
[m]

➁➃ 3

FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE "Level" LEVEL
SELECTION
5

6

Onsite display:
Select BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP

➀➂ 0

0

Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

7

Select the "Height linearized" option by means of the
LEVEL MODE parameter.

8

Select the "Height + Volume" option by means of the
COMB. MEASURAND parameter.

9

Select the unit for the 1st measured value via the
HEIGHT UNIT parameter, here m for example.

300

p[mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-017

Fig. 13:1
2
3
4

Calibrating the 1st measured variable
See Table, step 11.
See Table, step 12.
See Table, step 14.
See Table, step 15.

10 Select the unit for the 2nd measured variable via the
UNIT VOLUME parameter, here m3 for example.
11 Select LEVEL MIN parameter.
Enter the minimum level to be expected, here 0 m
for example.
12 Select LEVEL MAX parameter.
Enter the maximum level to be expected, here 3 m(9.8 ft) for example. See also the following note,
point 3.
13 Select the "Wet" option via the CALIBRATION MODE
parameter (calibration mode for the 1st measured
variable).
14 The pressure for the lower calibration point ispresent at the device, here 0 mbar for example.
Select EMPTY CALIB. parameter.
Enter the level value, here 0 m for example. Confirm
the value to assign the pressure value present to thelower level value.
15 The pressure for the upper calibration point ispresent at the device, here 300 mbar (4.5 psi) for
example.
Select FULL CALIB. parameter.
Enter the level value, here 3 m (9.8 ft) for example.
Confirm the value to assign the pressure value
present to the upper level value.
16 Result:
The calibration for the 1st measured variable iscarried out.
Perform linearization (calibration for the 2nd
measured variable)

34

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Level measurement

Description
17 Change the function group.
V
[m3]
5

Onsite display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  OPERATINGMENU  SETTINGS  LINEARIZATION
FieldCare:
Menu path: MANUFACTURER VIEW OPERATINGMENU  SETTINGS LINEARIZATION
18 Select TANK CONTENT MIN parameter.
Specify the minimum tank contents to be expected,
here 0 m3 for example.

0
0

3

h
[m]

19 Select TANK CONTENT MAX parameter.
Specify the maximum tank contents to be expected,
here 5 m3 for example.

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-005

V
[m3]
➅ 5

20 Select the "Editor table" option by means of the
TABLE SELECTION parameter.
21 Select the "Semiautomatic" option by means of the
LIN. EDIT MODE parameter.
22 Select the "New table" option by means of the EDITORTABLE parameter.

➆

23 Enter linearization table (min. 2 points, max.
32 points).
Fill the tank to the height of the 1st point.

➄

LINE-NUMB: confirm value displayed.
X-VAL.: the hydrostatic pressure present ismeasured and converted to the corresponding leveland displayed.
The X-VAL. displayed is saved by confirming the
Y-value. See following line, Y-VAL.
Y-VAL.: enter the volume value, here 0 m3 forexample, and confirm the value.

0
0

3

h
[m]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-018

Fig. 14:5
6
7

Calibrating the 2nd measured variable
See Table, step 18.
See Table, step 19.
See Table, steps 20 to 24.

24 Onsite display
If you want to enter another point for the
linearization table, select the "Next point" option andenter the point as described in step 23.
FieldCare:
You can enter further points for the linearizationtable as explained in step 23.
25 If you want to finish entering the values and activate
the linearization table, select the "Accept input table"
option.
26 If necessary, scale the OUT value of the Analog Input
Block, see Page 142, parameter descriptions for PV
SCALE and OUT SCALE or set the OUT value to equal
the measured value, see Page 110, parameter
description for SET UNIT TO BUS.
27 Result:– The linearization table has been entered.
– The measured value display and the TANKCONTENT parameter display the 2nd measured
value (here the volume).
– The LEVEL BEFORE LIN parameter displays the
1st measured value (here the height). See also thefollowing note, point 5.

1.

Endress+Hauser

For this level type, the measured variables "height + %", "height + volume", "height +mass", "%-height + %", "%-height + volume" and "%-height + mass" are available.
See Page 78 ff.
35

Level measurement

36

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

2.

You can also specify customer-specific units. See parameter description for PRESS. ENG.
UNIT (Page 66), HEIGHT UNIT ( Page 82), UNIT VOLUME (Page 83) and MASSUNIT ( Page 84).

3.

Once you have entered the maximum level to be expected for LEVEL MAX., the alarm"A707 X-Val of lin. table out of edit limits" can appear. At this stage the linearizationtable already consists of two points as standard. It could be the case that the 2nd value
and thus the highest X-VALUE of the linearization table is greater than the maximum
level entered. The message disappears as soon as the highest X-VALUE is greater thanthe maximum level and the table entered is active.

4.

You can use the MENU DESCRIPTOR parameter (Page 107) to specify whichmeasured value should be displayed on the onsite display.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

5.6.2

Level measurement

Dry calibration and manual entry of the linearization table

Example:In this example, the height and the volume should be measured at the same time.
Prerequisite:• This is a theoretical calibration, i.e. the points for the linearization table are known.
• A minimum gap of 0.5 % of the distance between two points must be maintained. Spansfor the "Pressure linearized" option: HYDR. PRESS MAX. – HYDR. PRESS MIN.; TANKCONTENT MAX. – TANK CONTENT MIN. Spans for the "Height linearized" option: LEVEL
MAX. – LEVEL MIN.; TANK CONTENT MAX. – TANK CONTENT MIN.
• Please note that in the following instances, the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE
and the digital output value of the Analog Input Block OUT no longer display the samevalue:– If you change the operating mode
– If you change the values for PV SCALE– If you change the values for OUT SCALE– If you change the unit
 See also parameter description for PV SCALE, OUT SCALE (Page 142) and SET UNIT TO
BUS (Page 110).
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00294P) or Cerabar S (BA00295P),
Section 6.6 "Level measurement" or Deltapilot S (BA00356P), Section 6.5 "Levelmeasurement".
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when
the container is empty or partly filled, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display
zero.  To perform a position adjustment see also Page 53, Table 6: Position adjustment.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see– Page 53, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT– Page 66, Table 10: BASIC SETUP– Page 82, Table 13: BASIC SETUP – "Height linearized" level type– Page 98, Table 18: LINEARIZATION – Onsite display– Page 101, Table 19: LINEARIZATION – FieldCare• For a description of further parameters, see– Page 95, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 116, Table 28: PROCESS VALUES.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified in the"Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary, reconfigured!
Description
Perform calibration for the 1st measured
variable:Endress+Hauser

1

Perform calibration as per Section 5.6.1, steps 1 to
12.

2

Select the "Dry" option via the CALIBRATION MODE
parameter (calibration mode for the 1st measured
variable).

3

Select a density unit via the DENSITY UNIT
parameter a, here kg/dm3 for example.

4Enter the density of the fluid using the ADJUSTDENSITY parameter, here 1.0 kg/dm3 for example.

5

If necessary, enter a level offset via the ZEROPOSITION parameter, here 0 m for example.

6

Result:
The calibration for the 1st measured variable iscarried out.

V
[m3]
5

0
0

3

h
[m]

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-005

37

Level measurement

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description
Perform linearization (calibration for the 2nd
measured variable)
7

V
[m3]
➅ 5

Change the function group.
Onsite display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION OPERATINGMENU S ETTINGS L INEARIZATION➆

FieldCare:
Menu path: MANUFACTURER VIEW OPERATINGMENU  SETTINGS  LINEARIZATION
8

Select TANK CONTENT MIN parameter.
Specify the minimum tank contents to be expected,
here 0 m3 for example.

9

➄

0
0

Select TANK CONTENT MAX parameter.
Specify the maximum tank contents to be expected,
here 5 m3 for example.

10 Select the "Editor table" option by means of the
TABLE SELECTION parameter.

3

h
[m]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-018

Fig. 15:5
6
7

Calibrating the 2nd measured variable
See Table, step 8.
See Table, step 9.
See Table, steps 10 to 14.

11 Select the "Manual" option by means of the LIN. EDIT
MODE parameter.
12 Select the "New table" option by means of the EDITORTABLE parameter.
13 Enter linearization table (min. 2 points, max.
32 points).
LINE-NUMB: confirm value displayed.
X-VAL.: enter the height value and confirm.
Y-VAL.: enter the volume value, here 0 m3 forexample, and confirm.
14 Onsite display
If you want to enter another point for the
linearization table, select the "Next point" option andenter the point as described in step 13.
FieldCare:
You can enter further points for the linearizationtable as explained in step 13.
15 If you want to finish entering the values and activate
the linearization table, select the "Accept input table"
option.
16 If necessary, scale the OUT value of the Analog Input
Block, see Page 142, parameter descriptions for PV
SCALE and OUT SCALE or set the OUT value to equal
the measured value, see Page 110, parameter
description for SET UNIT TO BUS.
17 Result:– The linearization table has been entered.
– The measured value display and the TANKCONTENT parameter display the 2nd measured
value (here the volume).
– The LEVEL BEFORE LIN parameter displays the
1st measured value (here the height). See also thefollowing note, point 3.

1.

38

For this level type, the measured variables "height + %", "height + volume", "height +mass", "%-height + %", "%-height + volume" and "%-height + mass" are available.
See Page 78 ff.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Endress+Hauser

Level measurement

2.

You can also specify customer-specific units. See parameter description for PRESS. ENG.
UNIT (Page 66), HEIGHT UNIT ( Page 82), UNIT VOLUME (Page 83) and MASSUNIT ( Page 84).

3.

You can use the MENU DESCRIPTOR parameter (Page 107) to specify whichmeasured value should be displayed on the onsite display.

39

Flow measurement

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

6

Flow measurement

6.1

Calibration

Example:In this example, a volume flow should be measured in m3/h.
• The "Flow measurement" measuring mode is only available for the Deltabar S differential
pressure transmitter.
• Please note that in the following instances, the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE
and the digital output value of the Analog Input Block OUT no longer display the samevalue:– If you change the operating mode
– If you change the values for PV SCALE– If you change the values for OUT SCALE– If you change the unit
 See also parameter description for PV SCALE, OUT SCALE (Page 142) and SET UNIT TO
BUS (Page 110).
• See also Operating Instructions Deltabar S (BA00294P), Section 6.5 "Flow measurement".
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see– Page 53, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT– Page 90 ff, Table 10: BASIC SETUP• For a description of further parameters, see– Page 96, Table 17: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 117, Table 29: PROCESS VALUES.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified in the"Calibration"  "Basic Setup" operating menu and, if necessary, reconfigured!
Description
1

Before configuring the device for your application,
the pressure piping must be cleaned and the device
filled with fluid. See Operating Instructions
BA00294P, Section 6.5.1.

2

Carry out position adjustment if necessary. See Page
53, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT

3

Select the "Flow" measuring mode via the
MEASURING MODE parameter.

V[m3/h]➀ 6000

Onsite display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING
MODE
FieldCare:
Menu path: MEASURING MODE
4

40

Onsite display:
Select BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP

0
0

400

p

➁ [mbar]

P01-xMD7xxx-05-xx-xx-xx-010

Fig. 16:
1
2

Flow measurement calibration
See Table, step 7.
See Table, step 8.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Flow measurement

Description
5

Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

6

Select the "Volume p. cond." option by means of the
FLOW-MEAS. TYPE parameter.

7

Select a flow unit via the UNIT FLOW parameter,
here m3/h for example.

8

Select MAX. FLOW parameter.
Enter the maximum flow value of the primarydevice, here 6000 m3/h for example. See also layout
sheet of primary device.

9

Select MAX PRESS. FLOW parameter.
Enter the maximum pressure, here 400 mbar (6 psi)for example. See also layout sheet of primary device.

10 If necessary, scale the OUT value of the Analog Input
Block, see Page 142, parameter descriptions for PV
SCALE and OUT SCALE or set the OUT value to equal
the measured value, see Page 110, parameter
description for SET UNIT TO BUS.
11 Result:
The device is configured for flow measurement.

Endress+Hauser

1.

You can also perform calibration by means of the QUICK SETUP menu. See Page 51
ff, Table 5: QUICK SETUP menu.

2.

Using the FLOW-MEAS. TYPE parameter, you can choose between the following flow
types:– Volume p. cond. (volume under operating conditions)– Gas norm. cond. (norm volume under norm conditions in Europe: 1013.25 mbar and273.15 K (0 °C))
– Gas std. cond. (standard volume under standard conditions in USA: 1013.25 mbar
(14.7 psi) and 288. 15 K (15 °C/59 °F))
– Mass3.

Depending on the flow type selected, you can choose between various units. You canalso specify a customer-specific unit.
See parameter description for PRESS. ENG. UNIT (Page 91), UNIT FLOW (Page 92), NORM FLOW UNIT (Page 92), STD. FLOW UNIT (Page 93) and MASSFLOW UNIT (Page 93).

4.

In the lower measuring range, small flow quantities (creepages) can lead to large
measured value fluctuations. You can activate low flow cut-off via the LOW FLOW CUTOFF parameter ( Page 97).

41

Flow measurement

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

6.2

Totalizers

Example:In this example, the volume flow should be totalized and displayed in the unit m3E3.
Negative flows should be added to the flow rate.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see– Page 104 ff, Table 20: TOTALIZER SETUP– Page 117 ff, Table 29: PROCESS VALUES• Totalizer 1 can be reset. Totalizer 2 cannot be reset.
Description
1

Calibrate the device as per Section 6.1.

2

Change the function group.
Onsite display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION OPERATINGMENU SETTINGS TOTALIZER SETUP
FieldCare:
Menu path: MANUFACTURER VIEW OPERATINGMENU SETTINGS TOTALIZER SETUP

3

Select a flow unit via the TOTALIZER 1 UNIT
parameter, here m3 E3 for example.

4

Use the NEG. FLOW TOT. 1 parameter to specify the
totalizing mode for negative flows, here the "Positive"
option for example.

5

Reset totalizer 1 to zero via the RESET TOTALIZER
parameter.

6

Result:The TOTALIZER 1 and TOTAL. 1 OVERFLOW
parameters display the totalized volume flow.

• You can also specify a customer-specific unit.  See parameter description for TOTALIZER
1 UNIT ( Page 105) and TOTALIZER 2 UNIT ( Page 106).
• The TOTALIZER 1 and TOTAL. 1 OVERFLOW parameters display the totalized flow valueof the first totalizer. The TOTALIZER 2 and TOTAL. 2 OVERFLOW parameters display the
totalized flow value of the second totalizer.
See Page 117 ff, PROCESS VALUES function group.
• You can use the MENU DESCRIPTOR parameter (Page 107) to specify which measured
value should be displayed on the onsite display.
• Use the SEL_3RD_CYCL_VAL parameter ( Page 130) to specify which Totalizer istransmitted via the bus as the third cyclic value.

42

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

7

Description of parameters

Description of parameters• The following tables list all the parameters as per the menu structure. Each tablecorresponds to a function group in the menu tree.
• The menu structure for onsite operation and the FieldCare are slightly different. The
differences mainly affect the LANGUAGE parameter and the LINEARIZATION functiongroup.
• In FieldCare, additional parameters are displayed. These parameters are marked
accordingly.
• The menu path is indicated in the header of each table.
• The menu has a different structure depending on the measuring mode selected. Thismeans that some function groups are only displayed for one measuring mode, e.g. the"LINEARIZATION" function group for the "Level" measuring mode. If certain requirements
have to be met for a function group, these are listed in the first row of the table.
• Some parameters are only displayed if other parameters are appropriately configured. For
example, the EMPTY CALIB. parameter is not displayed in the Quick Setup menu ("Level"measuring mode) unless the "Linear" option was selected for the LEVEL MODE parameterand the "Wet" option was selected for the CALIBRATION MODE parameter. There is acomment in the parameter description here stating: Note: prerequisite: LEVEL MODE =Linear and CALIBRATION MODE = Wet.
• Parameter names are written in upper case in the text.
• In the "Parameter name" column, the unique identification number (ID) of the parameteris indicated in brackets. This ID only appears on the onsite display.

Measured value

1)
GROUP SELECTION

1)LANGUAGE

2)

1)
MEASURING MODEQUICK SETUPOPERATING MENUMANUFACTURER VIEW

2)
PROFILE VIEW

2)
OPERATING MENU

1) Display via on-site display only
2) Display via digital communication
P01-xxxxxxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-079

Fig. 17:

1st selection level in menu, LANGUAGE ( see Page 43, Table 1) and MEASURING MODE (see Page 44, Table 2)

Table 1: GROUP SELECTION LANGUAGE – Onsite display
Parameter name

Description

LANGUAGE (079)
Selection

Select the menu language for the onsite display.
• In FieldCare, the LANGUAGE parameter is arranged in the DISPLAY functiongroup.
• Select the menu language for FieldCare by means of the "Language Button" in theconfiguration window. Select the menu language for the FieldCare frame via the"Extra" menu  "Options"  "Display"  "Language".
Factory setting:EnglishEndress+Hauser

43Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Measured value

1)
GROUP SELECTION

2)

1)

1)
LANGUAGE

MEASURING MODEQUICK SETUPOPERATING MENUMANUFACTURER VIEW

2)
PROFILE VIEW

2)
OPERATING MENUMEASURING MODE

Pressure

Level

Flow

LEVEL SELECTION

Level Easy Pressure

Level Easy Height

Level Standard

1) Display via on-site display only
2) Display via digital communication
P01-xxxxxxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-135

Fig. 18:"Level" measuring mode, LEVEL SELECTION parameter

Table 2: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING MODE
MEASURING MODE (389)
Selection

Select the measuring mode.
The operating menu is structured according to the selected measuring mode.
• When the measuring mode is changed, no conversion takes place. The device
has to be recalibrated if the measuring mode is changed.
Options:• Pressure• Level• Deltabar S: Flow
Factory setting:• Cerabar S and Deltabar S: Pressure• Deltapilot S: Level

44

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 2: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING MODE
LEVEL SELECTION (020)
Selection

Select level mode.
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level• In the "Level Easy Pressure" and "Level Easy Height" level modes, the values
entered are not tested as extensively as in the "Level Standard" level mode. The
values entered for EMPTY CALIB./FULL CALIB., EMPTY PRESSURE/FULL
PRESSURE and EMPTY HEIGHT/FULL HEIGHT must have a minimum interval of
1% for the "Level Easy Pressure" and "Level Easy Height" level modes. The value
will be rejected with a warning message if the values are too close together.
Further limit values are not checked; i.e. the values entered must be appropriate
for the sensor and the measuring task so that the measuring device can measurecorrectly.
For an overview of the different level modes and types, see Page 12, Section
5.1 "Overview of level measurement".
• The "Level Easy Pressure" and "Level Easy Height" level modes encompass fewer
parameters than the "Level Standard" mode and are used for quick and easy
configuration of a level application.
• Customer-specific units of fill level, volume and mass or a linearization tablemay only be entered in the "Level Standard" level mode.
Options:• Level Easy Pressure
Specify two pressure-level value pairs for this level mode. The pressure
measured value is converted directly to the unit which is selected via the
OUTPUT UNIT parameter (Page 59). Two calibration modes, "Wet" and "Dry",
are available.
– Wet calibration takes place by filling and emptying the container. In the caseof two different levels, the level, volume, mass or percentage value entered is
assigned to the pressure measured at this point in time.
– Dry calibration is a theoretical calibration. For this calibration, specify twopressure-level value pairs via the EMPTY CALIB., EMPTY PRESSURE, FULLCALIB. and FULL PRESSURE parameters. Parameter descriptions see Page
60 ff.
• Level Easy Height
For this level mode, specify a height unit, density and two height-level value
pairs. The pressure measured value is converted to a height value using thedensity entered and the height unit. Two calibration modes, "Wet" and "Dry", areavailable.
– Wet calibration takes place by filling and emptying the container. In the caseof two different levels, the level, volume, mass or percentage value entered is
assigned to the converted height value.
– Dry calibration is a theoretical calibration. For this calibration, specify twoheight-level value pairs via the EMPTY CALIB., EMPTY HEIGHT, FULL CALIB.
and FULL HEIGHT parameters. Parameter descriptions see Page 64 ff.
• Level standard
Once you have selected this level mode, you can use the LEVEL MODE parameter( Page 67) to choose between "Linear", "Pressure Linearized" and "Height
Linearized".
Factory setting:
Level Easy Pressure For LEVEL SELECTION = "Level Easy Pressure" see Page 57, Table 8.
 For LEVEL SELECTION = "Level Easy Height" see Page 62, Table 9.
 For LEVEL SELECTION = "Level standard" see Page 66, Table 10.

Endress+Hauser

45Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Measured value

1)
GROUP SELECTION

1)1)LANGUAGE

MEASURING MODE

MANUFACTURER VIEWQUICK SETUP

2)
PROFILE VIEWOPERATING MENU

Pressure

Deltabar S,
Cerabar S – gauge pressure sensors,
Deltapilot S

Level

Flow

Cerabar S – absolut pressure sensors

POS. ZERO ADJUSTPOS. INPUT VALUE

2)
DAMP SWITCH

1) Display via on-site display only
2) Display via digital communication

DAMPING VALUE

P01-xxxxxxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-080

Fig. 19:

Quick Setup menu for the "Pressure" measuring mode

Table 3: QUICK SETUP "Pressure"
Parameter name

Description

This menu displays the most important parameters for the "Pressure" measuring mode.
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Pressure
Note:
See also– Page 54 ff, Table 7: BASIC SETUP– Page 95, Table 15: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 116 ff, Table 27: PROCESS VALUES– Page 11 ff, Section 4 "Pressure measurement".
POS. ZERO ADJUST (685)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index 116

Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and themeasured pressure need not be known.
Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e.
for example, when the container is empty or partly filled, the MEASURED VALUE
parameter does not display zero.
Example:– MEASURED VALUE = 2.2 mbar (0.033 psi)
– Correct the MEASURED VALUE via the POS. ZERO ADJUST parameter with the"Confirm" option. This means that you are assigning the value 0.0 to the pressure
present.
– MEASURED VALUE (after pos. zero adjust) = 0.0 mbar
The CALIB. OFFSET parameter displays the resulting pressure difference (offset) bywhich the MEASURED VALUE was corrected.
Prerequisite:• This parameter is displayed for Deltabar S, Cerabar S with gauge pressure sensor
or Deltapilot S.
Options:• Abort• Confirm
Factory setting:
Abort

46

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 3: QUICK SETUP "Pressure"
Parameter name

Description

POS. INPUT VALUE (563)
Entry

Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and themeasured pressure need not be known. To correct the pressure difference, youneed a reference measurement value (e. g. from a reference device).
Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e.
for example, when the container is empty or partly filled, the MEASURED VALUE
parameter does not display zero or the desired value.

Slot: 2
Index: 117

Example:– MEASURED VALUE = 0.5 mbar (0.0075 psi)
– For the POS. INPUT VALUE parameter, specify the desired set point for the
MEASURED VALUE, e.g. 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi).
(MEASURED VALUE new = POS. INPUT VALUE)– MEASURED VALUE (after entry for POS. INPUT VALUE) = 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi)
– The CALIB. OFFSET parameter displays the resulting pressure difference (offset)
by which the MEASURED VALUE was corrected.
CALIB. OFFSET = MEASURED VALUE old – POS. INPUT VALUE, here: CALIB.
OFFSET = 0.5 mbar (0.0075 psi) – 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi) = – 1.5 mbar (-0.0225
psi))
Prerequisite:• This parameter is displayed for Cerabar S with absolute pressure sensor.
Factory setting:
0.0
DAMP SWITCH
Display

Displays the switch position of DIP switch 2 which is used to switch the damping of
the output signal on and off.
Display:• Off
The output signal is not damped.
• On
The output signal is damped. The attenuation constant is specified in the"DAMPING VALUE (274)" parameter.
Factory setting
On

DAMPING VALUE (274)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 79

Enter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the onsite
display, measured value and OUT value of the Analog Input Block react to a change
in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0 to 999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications
The set damping time is only effective if DIP switch 2 is set to the "on" position.

Endress+Hauser

47

Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Measured value

1)
GROUP SELECTION

2)QUICK SETUP

MANUFACTURER VIEWOPERATING MENUMEASURING MODE

Pressure

2)
PROFILE VIEW

Flow

Level

Deltabar S,
Cerabar S – Gaugepressure sensors

Cerabar S – Absolutpressure sensors

POS. ZERO ADJUSTPOS. INPUT VALUE3), 4)

5)

1) Display via on-site display only
2) Display via digital communication
3) LEVEL MODE = "Linear"and CALIBRATION MODE = "dry"4) LEVEL MODE = "Pressure Linearized"

EMPTY CALIB.

5) LEVEL MODE = "LInear"or "Height Linearized" andCALIBRATION MODE = "wet"FULL CALIB.

2)
DAMP SWITCHDAMPING VALUE

P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-001

Fig. 20:

Quick Setup menu for the "Level" measuring mode

Table 4: QUICK SETUP "Level"
Parameter name

Description

This menu displays the most important parameters for the "Level" measuring mode.
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level
Note:
See also– Page 66 ff, Tables 10 to 13: BASIC SETUP– Page 95 ff, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 98 ff, Table 18 and 19: LINEARIZATION– Page 116 ff, Table 28: PROCESS VALUES– Page 12 ff, Section 5 "Level measurement".
LEVEL SELECTION (020)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 248

48

Select level mode.
 Parameter description, see Page 45.
Factory setting:
Level Easy Pressure

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 4: QUICK SETUP "Level"
Parameter name

Description

POS. ZERO ADJUST (685)
Selection

Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and themeasured pressure need not be known.
Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e.
when the container is empty or partly filled, the MEASURED VALUE parameter
does not display zero.

Slot: 2
Index: 116

Example:– MEASURED VALUE = 2.2 mbar (0.033 psi)
– Correct the MEASURED VALUE via the POS. ZERO ADJUST parameter with the"Confirm" option. This means that you are assigning the value 0.0 to the pressure
present.
– MEASURED VALUE (after pos. zero adjust) = 0.0 mbar
The CALIB. OFFSET parameter displays the resulting pressure difference (offset) bywhich the MEASURED VALUE was corrected.
Prerequisite:• This parameter is displayed for Deltabar S, Cerabar S with gauge pressure sensor
or Deltapilot S.
Options:• Abort• Confirm
Factory setting:
Abort
POS. INPUT VALUE (563)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 117

Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and themeasured pressure need not be known. To correct the pressure difference, youneed a reference measurement value (e. g. from a reference device).
Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e.
when the container is empty or partly filled, the MEASURED VALUE parameter
does not display zero or the desired value.
Example:– MEASURED VALUE = 0.5 mbar (0.0075 psi)
– For the POS. INPUT VALUE parameter, specify the desired set point for the
MEASURED VALUE, e.g. 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi).
(MEASURED VALUE new = POS. INPUT VALUE)– MEASURED VALUE (after entry for POS. INPUT VALUE) = 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi)
– The CALIB. OFFSET parameter displays the resulting pressure difference (offset)
by which the MEASURED VALUE was corrected.
CALIB. OFFSET = MEASURED VALUE old – POS. INPUT VALUE, here: CALIB.
OFFSET = 0.5 mbar (0.0075 psi) – 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi) = – 1.5 mbar (-0.0225
psi))
Prerequisite:• This parameter is displayed for Cerabar S with absolute pressure sensor.
Factory setting:
0.0

EMPTY CALIB. (314)/
(010)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 75

Enter level value for the lower calibration point (container empty).
The container is either empty or part full. By entering a value for this parameter,
you are assigning a level value to the pressure present at the device.
Prerequisite:• LEVEL SELECTION = Level Easy Pressure ( see also Page 45),CALIBRATION MODE = Wet (see also Page 59)• LEVEL SELECTION = Level Standard ( see also Page 45),LEVEL MODE = Linear ( see also Page 67),
CALIBRATION MODE = Wet (see also Page 72)
For this parameter, the onsite display shows the level value to be entered and thepressure present at the device. In order for the level value to be saved together withthe pressure present at the device, the entry field for the level value must first be
activated using the "+"- or "–" key before confirming with the "E" key. This applies
also if the level value is to remain unchanged.
Factory setting:
0.0

Endress+Hauser

49

Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 4: QUICK SETUP "Level"
Parameter name

Description

FULL CALIB. (315)/(004)
EntryEnter level value for the upper calibration point (container full).
The container is either completely or almost full. By entering a value for thisparameter, you are assigning a level value to the pressure present at the device.

Slot: 2
Index: 76

Prerequisite:• LEVEL SELECTION = Level Easy Pressure ( see also Page 45),CALIBRATION MODE = Wet (see also Page 59)• LEVEL SELECTION = Level Standard ( see also Page 45),LEVEL MODE = Linear ( see also Page 67),
CALIBRATION MODE = Wet (see also Page 72)
For this parameter, the onsite display shows the level value to be entered and thepressure present at the device. In order for the level value to be saved together withthe pressure present at the device, the entry field for the level value must first be
activated using the "+"- or "–" key before confirming with the "E" key. This applies
also if the level value is to remain unchanged.
Factory setting:
100.0

DAMP SWITCH
Display

Displays the switch position of DIP switch 2 which is used to switch the damping of
the output signal on and off.
Display:• Off
The output signal is not damped.
• On
The output signal is damped. The attenuation constant is specified in the"DAMPING VALUE (274)" parameter.
Factory setting
On

DAMPING VALUE (247)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 79

Enter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the onsite
display, measured value and OUT value of the Analog Input Block react to a change
in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0 to 999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications
The set damping time is only effective if DIP switch 2 is set to the "on" position.

50

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Measured value

1)
GROUP SELECTION

2)
OPERATING MENUQUICK SETUP

MANUFACTURER VIEWOPERATING MENUMEASURING MODE

Pressure

Level

PROFILE VIEW

Flow
POS. ZERO ADJUSTMAX FLOW

MAX. PRESS. FLOW

2)
DAMP SWITCHDAMPING VALUE

1) Display via on-site display only
2) Display via digital communication
P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-en-002

Fig. 21:

Quick Setup menu, "Flow" measuring mode (Differential pressure transmitter Deltabar S only)

Table 5: QUICK SETUP "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

This menu displays the most important parameters for the "Flow" measuring mode.
Prerequisite:• Deltabar S differential pressure transmitter• MEASURING MODE = FlowNote:
See also– Page 90 ff, Table 14: BASIC SETUP– Page 96 ff, Table 17: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 104 ff, Table 20: TOTALIZER SETUP– Page 40 ff, Section 6 "Flow measurement".
POS. ZERO ADJUST (685)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 116

Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and themeasured pressure need not be known.
Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e.
when the container is empty or partly filled, the MEASURED VALUE parameter
does not display zero.
Example:– MEASURED VALUE = 2.2 mbar (0.033 psi)
– Correct the MEASURED VALUE via the POS. ZERO ADJUST parameter with the"Confirm" option. This means that you are assigning the value 0.0 to the pressure
present.
– MEASURED VALUE (after pos. zero adjust) = 0.0 mbar
The CALIB. OFFSET parameter displays the resulting pressure difference (offset) bywhich the MEASURED VALUE was corrected.
Options• Abort• Confirm
Factory setting:
Abort

MAX. FLOW (311)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 80

Endress+HauserEnter maximum flow of primary device.
See also layout sheet of primary device. The maximum flow is assigned to the
maximum pressure which you enter via MAX PRESS. FLOW.
Factory setting:
1.0 m3/s

51

Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 5: QUICK SETUP "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

MAX PRESS. FLOW (634)
EntryEnter maximum pressure of primary device.
See layout sheet of primary device. This value is assigned to the maximum flow
value (see MAX. FLOW).

Slot: 2
Index: 81

Factory setting:High sensor limit ( See PRESS. SENS HILIM, Page 114)

DAMP SWITCH
Display

Displays the switch position of DIP switch 2 which is used to switch the damping of
the output signal on and off.
Display:• Off
The output signal is not damped.
• On
The output signal is damped. The attenuation constant is specified in the"DAMPING VALUE (274)" parameter.
Factory setting
On

DAMPING VALUE (247)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 79

Enter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the onsite
display, measured value and OUT value of the Analog Input Block react to a change
in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0 to 999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications
The set damping time is only effective if DIP switch 2 is set to the "on" position.

Measured value

1)
GROUP SELECTION

2)MEASURING MODEQUICK SETUP

2)

MANUFACTURER VIEWPROFILE VIEWOPERATING MENUSETTINGSPOSITION ADJUSTMENTDISPLAY

BASIC SETUP

EXTENDED SETUP

POS. ZERO ADJUSTPOS. INPUT VALUE

1) Display via on-site display only
2) Display via digital communication

CALIB. OFFSET

P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-003

Fig. 22:52

POSITION ADJUSTMENT function group

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 6: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  POSITION ADJUSTMENT
Parameter name

Description

Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when the container is empty
or partly filled, the measured value does not display zero. Deltabar S, Cerabar S and Deltapilot S offer threedifferent ways of performing a position adjustment.
Recommendation:• The pressure difference between zero (set point) and the measured pressure need not be known.
– POS. ZERO ADJUST: Deltabar S or Cerabar S with gauge pressure sensor or Deltapilot S.
– POS. INPUT VALUE: Cerabar S with absolute pressure sensor.
• The pressure difference between zero (set point) and the measured pressure is known.
– CALIB. OFFSET: all
POS. ZERO ADJUST (685)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 116

Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and themeasured pressure need not be known.
Example:– MEASURED VALUE = 2.2 mbar (0.033 psi)
– Correct the MEASURED VALUE via the POS. ZERO ADJUST parameter with the"Confirm" option. This means that you are assigning the value 0.0 to the pressure
present.
– MEASURED VALUE (after pos. zero adjust) = 0.0 mbar
The CALIB. OFFSET parameter displays the resulting pressure difference (offset) bywhich the MEASURED VALUE was corrected.
Options• Abort• Confirm
Factory setting:
Abort

POS. INPUT VALUE (563)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 117

Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and themeasured pressure need not be known. To correct the pressure difference, youneed a reference measurement value (e. g. from a reference device).
Example:– MEASURED VALUE = 0.5 mbar (0.0075 psi)
– For the POS. INPUT VALUE parameter, specify the desired set point for the
MEASURED VALUE, e.g. 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi).
(MEASURED VALUE new = POS. INPUT VALUE)– MEASURED VALUE (after entry for POS. INPUT VALUE) = 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi)
– The CALIB. OFFSET parameter displays the resulting pressure difference (offset)
by which the MEASURED VALUE was corrected.
CALIB. OFFSET = MEASURED VALUE old – POS. INPUT VALUE, here: CALIB.
OFFSET = 0.5 mbar (0.0075 psi) – 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi) = – 1.5 mbar (-0.0225
psi))
Factory setting:
0.0

CALIB. OFFSET (319)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 118

Position adjustment - the pressure difference between zero (set point) and themeasured pressure is known. (A reference pressure is not present at the device.)
Example:– MEASURED VALUE = 2.2 mbar (0.033 psi)
– Via the CALIB. OFFSET parameter, enter the value by which the MEASUREDVALUE should be corrected. To correct the MEASURED VALUE to 0.0 mbar, youmust enter the value 2.2 here.
(MEASURED VALUEnew = MEASURED VALUEold – CALIB. OFFSET)– MEASURED VALUE (after entry for calib. offset) = 0.0 mbar
Factory setting:
0.0

Endress+Hauser

53Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Measured value

1)
GROUP SELECTION

2)MEASURING MODEQUICK SETUP

2)

MANUFACTURER VIEWPROFILE VIEWOPERATING MENUSETTINGSDISPLAYPOSITION ADJUSTMENT

BASIC SETUP

EXTENDED SETUPMEASURING MODE

Pressure

Level

Flow

PRESS. ENG. UNIT

1) Display via on-site display only
2) Display via digital communication*

CUSTOMER UNIT P

marked with an asterisk "*"* Parameters
are not always displayed. The display

CUST. UNIT FACT. P

depends on the settings of other parameters,
see the following Table.

*

2)
DAMP SWITCHDAMPING VALUE

P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-004

Fig. 23:BASIC SETUP function group for the "pressure" measuring mode

Table 7: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Pressure"
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Pressure
Note:
See also– Page 46, Table 3: QUICK SETUP– Page 95, Table 15: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 116 ff, Table 27: PROCESS VALUES– Page 11 ff, Section 4 "Pressure measurement".

54

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 7: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Pressure"
Parameter name

Description

PRESS. ENG. UNIT (060)
Selection

Select pressure unit.
If a new pressure unit is selected, all pressure-specific parameters are converted
and displayed with the new unit.

Slot: 2
Index: 30

Options• mbar, bar• mmH2O, mH2O, inH2O, ftH2O• Pa, hPa, kPa, MPa• psi• mmHg, inHg
• Torr• g/cm2, kg/cm2• lb/ft2• atm• gf/cm2, kgf/cm2• User unit, See also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
P and CUST. UNIT FACT. P.
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter description for PV SCALE, OUT SCALE (Page 142) andSET UNIT TO BUS (Page 110).
Factory setting:
Depends on the sensor nominal measuring range mbar or bar or as per orderspecifications

CUSTOMER UNIT P (075)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 114

Enter text (unit) for customized pressure unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. P.
Prerequisite:• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the onsite display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the onsite
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The fraction bar(slash) counts as one character.
Factory setting:________
CUST. UNIT FACT. P (317)
EntryEnter conversion factor for a customer-specific pressure unit.
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "Pa". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT P.

Slot: 2
Index: 115

Prerequisite:• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE =10000 Pa i 1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT P: PU– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. P: 0.0001– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0

Endress+Hauser

55Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 7: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Pressure"
Parameter name

Description

DAMP SWITCH
Display

Displays the switch position of DIP switch 2 which is used to switch the damping of
the output signal on and off.
Display:• Off
The output signal is not damped.
• On
The output signal is damped. The attenuation constant is specified in the"DAMPING VALUE (274)" parameter.
Factory setting
On

DAMPING VALUE (247)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 79

Enter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the onsite
display, measured value and OUT value of the Analog Input Block react to a change
in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0 to 999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications
The set damping time is only effective if DIP switch 2 is set to the "on" position.

56

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Measured value

1)
GROUP SELECTION

2)

1)
MEASURING MODEQUICK SETUPLANGUAGE

MANUFACTURER VIEWOPERATING MENUSETTINGSPOSITION ADJUSTMENTDISPLAY

EXTENDED SETUP

BASIC SETUP

Pressure

Level

Flow

Level Easy Pressure

Level Easy
HeightPRESS. ENG. UNIT

CUSTOMER UNIT P

CUST. UNIT FACT. P

Level Standard**

PRESSURE

OUTPUT UNIT

CALIBRATION MODE

Dry

Wet
EMPTY CALIB.

EMPTY CALIB.

FULL CALIB.

EMPTY PRESSURE

FULL CALIB.

FULL PRESSURE

1) Display via on-site display only
2) Display via digital communication

SET LRVSET URV

Parameters marked with an asterisk "*"* arenot always displayed. The display
depends on the settings of other parameters,
see the following Table.

2)
DAMP SWITCHDAMPING VALUE
P01-xxxxxxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-136

Fig. 24:

BASIC SETUP function group for the "Level" measuring mode and "Level Easy Pressure" level selection

Table 8: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Pressure"
The following parameters are displayed if you have selected the "Level Easy Pressure" option for the LEVEL
SELECTION parameter. Specify two pressure-level value pairs for this level mode. Two calibration modes, "Wet"and "Dry", are available.
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level (see also Page 44.)
• LEVEL SELECTION = Level Easy Pressure (see also Page 45.)

Endress+Hauser

57Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 8: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Pressure"
PRESS. ENG. UNIT (060)
Selection

Select pressure unit.
If a new pressure unit is selected, all pressure-specific parameters are converted
and displayed with the new unit.

Slot: 2
Index: 30

Options• mbar, bar• mmH2O, mH2O, inH2O, ftH2O• Pa, hPa, kPa, MPa• psi• mmHg, inHg
• Torr• g/cm2, kg/cm2• lb/ft2• atm• gf/cm2, kgf/cm2• User unit, See also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
P and CUST. UNIT FACT. P.
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter description for PV SCALE, OUT SCALE (Page 142) andSET UNIT TO BUS (Page 110).
Factory setting:
Depends on the sensor nominal measuring range mbar or bar or as per orderspecifications

CUSTOMER UNIT P (075)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 114

Enter text (unit) for customized pressure unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. P.
Prerequisite:• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the onsite display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the onsite
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The fraction bar(slash) counts as one character.
Factory setting:________
CUST. UNIT FACT. P (317)
EntryEnter conversion factor for a customer-specific pressure unit.
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "Pa". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT P.

Slot: 2
Index: 115

Prerequisite:• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE =10000 Pa i 1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT P: PU– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. P: 0.0001– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0

58

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 8: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Pressure"
OUTPUT UNIT (023)
Selection

Select unit for measured value display and MEASURED VALUE parameter ( Page
116).

Slot: 2
Index: 249

The selected unit is used only to describe the measured value. This means thatwhen selecting a new output unit, the measured value is not converted.
Example:• current measured value: 0.3 ft• new output unit: m• new measured value: 0.3 m (9.8 ft)
Options• %• mm, cm, dm, m• ft, inch
• cm3, dm3, m3,m3 E3• l, hl• ft3, ft3 E3• gal, bbl, Igal
• g, kg, t• lb, ton, oz
Factory setting:%

CALIBRATION MODE
(008)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 241

Select calibration mode.
Options:• Wet
Wet calibration takes place by filling and emptying the container. In the case of
two different levels, the level, volume, mass or percentage value entered is
assigned to the pressure measured at this point in time. ( See also this table,parameter descriptions for EMPTY CALIB. and FULL CALIB.)• Dry
Dry calibration is a theoretical calibration. For this calibration, specify twopressure-level value pairs via the following parameters: EMPTY CALIB., EMPTYPRESSURE, FULL CALIB. and FULL PRESSURE.
Factory setting:
Wet

EMPTY CALIB. (010)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 75

Enter level, volume, mass or percentage value for the lower calibration point(container empty).
The container is either empty or part full. By entering a value for this parameter,
you assign a level, volume, mass or percentage value to the pressure present at thedevice. The unit is selected via the OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( Page 59).
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
For this parameter, the onsite display shows the level value to be entered and thepressure present at the device. In order for the level value to be saved together withthe pressure present at the device, the entry field for the level value must first be
activated using the "+"- or "–" key before confirming with the "E" key. This applies
also if the level value is to remain unchanged.
Factory setting:
0.0

Endress+Hauser

59Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 8: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Pressure"
FULL CALIB. (004)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 76

Enter height, volume or mass value for the upper calibration point (container full).
The container is either completely or almost full. By entering a value for thisparameter, you assign a height, volume or mass value to the pressure present at
the device. The unit is selected via the OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( Page 59).
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
For this parameter, the onsite display shows the level value to be entered and thepressure present at the device. In order for the level value to be saved together withthe pressure present at the device, the entry field for the level value must first be
activated using the "+"- or "–" key before confirming with the "E" key. This applies
also if the level value is to remain unchanged.
Factory setting:
100.0

EMPTY CALIB. (010)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 75

Enter level, volume, mass or percentage value for the lower calibration point(container empty).
The values entered for the EMPTY CALIB. and EMPTY PRESSURE parameters form
the pressure-level value pair for the lower calibration point. The unit is selected via
the OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( Page 59).
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
0.0

EMPTY PRESSURE (011)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 180

FULL CALIB. (004)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 76

Enter pressure value for the lower calibration point (container empty).
See also EMPTY CALIB.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
0.0Enter height, volume, mass or percentage value for the upper calibration point(container full).
The values entered for the FULL CALIB. and FULL PRESSURE parameters form thepressure-level value pair for the upper calibration point. The unit is selected via the
OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( Page 59).
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
100.0

FULL PRESSURE (005)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 181

DAMP SWITCH
DisplayEnter pressure value for the upper calibration point (container full).
See also FULL CALIB.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
100.0
Displays the switch position of DIP switch 2 which is used to switch the damping of
the output signal on and off.
Display:• Off
The output signal is not damped.
• On
The output signal is damped. The attenuation constant is specified in the"DAMPING VALUE (274)" parameter.
Factory setting
On

60

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 8: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Pressure"
DAMPING VALUE (247)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 79

Enter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the onsite
display, measured value and OUT value of the Analog Input Block react to a change
in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0 to 999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications
The set damping time is only effective if DIP switch 2 is set to the "on" position.

Measured value

1)
GROUP SELECTION

2)

1)
MEASURING MODEQUICK SETUPLANGUAGE

MANUFACTURER VIEWOPERATING MENUSETTINGSPOSITION ADJUSTMENTDISPLAY

BASIC SETUP

Pressure

EXTENDED SETUP

Level

Flow

Level Easy Pressure

Level Standard

Level Easy Height
PRESS. ENG. UNIT

CUSTOMER UNIT P*

CUST. UNIT FACT. P*

OUTPUT UNIT

HEIGHT UNIT

CALIBRATION MODE

Dry

Wet
DENSITY UNITDENSITY UNIT

ADJUST DENSITYADJUST DENSITYEMPTY CALIB.

EMPTY CALIB.

FULL CALIB.

EMPTY HEIGHTFULL CALIB.

FULL HEIGHT

1) Display via on-site display only
2) Display via digital communication

2)
DAMP SWITCH

Parameters marked with an asterisk "*"are not always displayed. The display
depends on the settings of other parameters,
see the following Table.

DAMPING VALUE

P01-xxxxxxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-137

Fig. 25:

Endress+Hauser

BASIC SETUP function group for "Level" measuring mode and "Level Easy Height" level selection

61Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 9: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Height"
The following parameters are displayed if you have selected the "Level Easy Height" option for the LEVEL
SELECTION parameter. For this level mode, specify a height unit, density and two height-level value pairs. The
pressure measured value is converted to a height value using the density entered and the height unit. Twocalibration modes, "Wet" and "Dry", are available.
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level (see also Page 44.)
• LEVEL SELECTION = Level Easy Height (See also Page 45.)
PRESS. ENG. UNIT (060)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 30

Select pressure unit.
If a new pressure unit is selected, all pressure-specific parameters are converted
and displayed with the new unit.
Options• mbar, bar• mmH2O, mH2O, inH2O, ftH2O• Pa, hPa, kPa, MPa• psi• mmHg, inHg
• Torr• g/cm2, kg/cm2• lb/ft2• atm• gf/cm2, kgf/cm2• User unit, See also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
P and CUST. UNIT FACT. P.
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter description for PV SCALE, OUT SCALE (Page 142) andSET UNIT TO BUS (Page 110).
Factory setting:
Depends on the sensor nominal measuring range mbar or bar or as per orderspecifications

CUSTOMER UNIT P (075)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 114

Enter text (unit) for customized pressure unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. P.
Prerequisite:• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the onsite display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the onsite
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The fraction bar(slash) counts as one character.
Factory setting:________
CUST. UNIT FACT. P (317)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 115

Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific pressure unit.
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "Pa". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT P.
Prerequisite:• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE =10000 Pa i 1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT P: PU– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. P: 0.0001– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0

62

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 9: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Height"
OUTPUT UNIT (023)
Selection

Select unit for measured value display and MEASURED VALUE parameter ( Page
116).

Slot: 2
Index: 249

The selected unit is used only to describe the measured value. This means thatwhen selecting a new output unit, the measured value is not converted.
Example:• current measured value: 0.3 ft• new output unit: m• new measured value: 0.3 m (9.8 ft)
Options• %• mm, cm, dm, m• ft, inch
• cm3, dm3, m3,m3 E3• l, hl• ft3, ft3 E3• gal, bbl, Igal
• g, kg, t• lb, ton, oz
Factory setting:%

HEIGHT UNIT (003)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 240

Select height unit. The measured pressure is converted to the chosen height unit
using the DENSITY UNIT and ADJUST DENSITY parameters.
Options:
• mm
• cm
• dm
• m
• inch• ft
Factory setting:m

CALIBRATION MODE
(008)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 241

Select calibration mode.
Options:• Wet
Wet calibration takes place by filling and emptying the container. The measured
pressure is converted to the chosen height unit using the HEIGHT UNIT,DENSITY UNIT and ADJUST DENSITY parameters. In the case of two different
levels, the level, volume, mass or percentage value entered is assigned to theconverted height value.
• Dry
Dry calibration is a theoretical calibration. For this calibration, specify twoheight-level value pairs via the EMPTY CALIB., EMPTY HEIGHT, FULL CALIB.
and FULL HEIGHT parameters.
Factory setting:Dry

DENSITY UNIT (001)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 244

Select density unit. The measured pressure is converted to a height using theHEIGHT UNIT, DENSITY UNIT and ADJUST DENSITY parameters.
Options:• g/cm3• kg/dm3• kg/m3• US lb/in3• US lb/ft3
Factory setting:kg/dm3

ADJUST DENSITY (007)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 245

Endress+HauserEnter density of fluid. The measured pressure is converted to a height using theHEIGHT UNIT, DENSITY UNIT and ADJUST DENSITY parameters.
Factory setting:
1.0

63

Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 9: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Height"
EMPTY CALIB. (010)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 75

Enter level, volume, mass or percentage value for the lower calibration point(container empty).
The container is either empty or part full. The measured pressure is converted to aheight value using the HEIGHT UNIT, DENSITY UNIT and ADJUST DENSITY
parameters and displayed. Using the parameter EMPTY CALIB., you assign a level,
volume, mass or percentage value to the height value. The unit is selected via the
OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( Page 63).
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
For this parameter, the onsite display shows the level value to be entered and thepressure present at the device. In order for the level value to be saved together withthe pressure present at the device, the entry field for the level value must first be
activated using the "+"- or "–" key before confirming with the "E" key. This applies
also if the level value is to remain unchanged.
Factory setting:
0.0

FULL CALIB. (004)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 76

Enter level, volume, mass or percentage value for the upper calibration point(container full).
The container is either completely or almost full. The measured pressure isconverted to a height value using the HEIGHT UNIT, DENSITY UNIT and ADJUSTDENSITY parameters and displayed. Using the parameter FULL CALIB., you assign
a level, volume, mass or percentage value to the height value. The unit is selected
via the OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( Page 63).
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
For this parameter, the onsite display shows the level value to be entered and thepressure present at the device. In order for the level value to be saved together withthe pressure present at the device, the entry field for the level value must first be
activated using the "+"- or "–" key before confirming with the "E" key. This applies
also if the level value is to remain unchanged.
Factory setting:
100.0

EMPTY CALIB. (010)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 75

Enter level, volume, mass or percentage value for the lower calibration point(container empty).
The values entered for the EMPTY CALIB. and EMPTY HEIGHT parameters form
the height-level value pair for the lower calibration point. The unit is selected via
the OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( Page 63).
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
0.0

EMPTY HEIGHT (009)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 242

Height value for the lower calibration point (container empty). The unit is selected
via the HEIGHT UNIT parameter ( Page 63).
See also EMPTY CALIB.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
0.0

FULL CALIB. (004)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 76

Enter level, volume, mass or percentage value for the upper calibration point(container full).
The values entered for the FULL CALIB. and FULL HEIGHT parameters form theheight-level value pair for the upper calibration point. The unit is selected via the
OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( Page 63).
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
100.0

64

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 9: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Height"
FULL HEIGHT (006)
EntryEnter height value for the upper calibration point (container full). The unit isselected via the HEIGHT UNIT parameter ( Page 63).
See also FULL CALIB.

Slot: 2
Index: 243

Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:Upper range limit (URL) is converted to a unit of height

DAMP SWITCH
Display

Displays the switch position of DIP switch 2 which is used to switch the damping of
the output signal on and off.
Display:• Off
The output signal is not damped.
• On
The output signal is damped. The attenuation constant is specified in the"DAMPING VALUE (274)" parameter.
Factory setting
On
Enter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the onsite
display, measured value and OUT value of the Analog Input Block react to a change
in the pressure.

DAMPING VALUE (247)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 79

Input range:
0.0 to 999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications
The set damping time is only effective if DIP switch 2 is set to the "on" position.

Measured value

1)
GROUP SELECTION

2)QUICK SETUP

2)

MANUFACTURER VIEWPROFILE VIEWOPERATING MENUSETTINGSPOSITION ADJUSTMENTDISPLAY

BASIC SETUP

EXTENDED SETUPMEASURING MODE

Pressure

Level

Flow

PRESS. ENG. UNIT

1) Display via on-site display only
2) Display via digital communication
marked with an asterisk "*"* Parameters
are not always displayed. The display
depends on the settings of other parameters,
see the following Table.

CUSTOMER UNIT P*

CUST. UNIT FACT. P*

LEVEL MODE

LinearPressureLinearized

HeightLinearized
P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-005

Fig. 26:

Endress+Hauser

BASIC SETUP function group for the "Level" measuring mode ,depending on the setting for the LEVEL MODE parameterSee Page 68, Fig. 27 for LEVEL MODE = Linear,See Page 77, Fig. 29 for LEVEL MODE = Pressure linearized,
See Page 81, Fig. 30 for LEVEL MODE = Height linearized65Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 10: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL SELECTION "Level standard"
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level
Note:
See also– Page 69 ff, Tables 11 to 13: BASIC SETUP – contd.
– Page 95 ff, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 98 ff, Table 18 and 19: LINEARIZATION– Page 116 ff, Table 28: PROCESS VALUES– Page 12 ff, Section 5 "Level measurement".
MEASURING MODE
Selection

Select the measuring mode.
The operating menu is structured according to the selected measuring mode.

Slot: 2
Index: 154

When the measuring mode is changed, no conversion takes place. The digital
output value of the Analog Input Block OUT no longer displays the same value as
the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE. The device has to be recalibrated if
the measuring mode is changed.  See also Page 12, Section 5 "Levelmeasurement".
Prerequisite:• FieldCare
Options:• Pressure• Level• Deltabar S: Flow
Factory setting:Pressure

PRESS. ENG. UNIT (060)
Selection

Select pressure unit.
If a new pressure unit is selected, all pressure-specific parameters are converted
and displayed with the new unit.

Slot: 2
Index: 30

Options:• mbar, bar• mmH2O, mH2O, inH2O, ftH2O• Pa, hPa, kPa, MPa• psi• mmHg, inHg
• Torr• g/cm2, kg/cm2• lb/ft2• atm• gf/cm2, kgf/cm2• User unit, See also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
P and CUST. UNIT FACT. P.
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter description for PV SCALE, OUT SCALE (Page 142) andSET UNIT TO BUS (Page 110).
Factory setting:
Depends on the sensor nominal measuring range mbar or bar or as per orderspecifications

66

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 10: OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL SELECTION "Level standard"
Parameter name

Description

CUSTOMER UNIT P (075)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customized pressure unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. P.

Slot: 2
Index: 114

Prerequisite:• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the onsite display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the onsite
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The fraction bar(slash) counts as one character.
Factory setting:________
CUST. UNIT FACT. P (317)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 115

Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific pressure unit.
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "Pa". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT P.
Prerequisite:• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE =10000 Pa i 1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT P: PU– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. P: 0.0001– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0

LEVEL MODE (718)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 184

Select level type.
Options:• Linear: the measured variable (level, volume, mass or %) is in direct proportion
to the measured pressure.  See also Page 69 ff, Table 11.
• Pressure linearized: the measured variable (volume, mass or %) is not in direct
proportion to the measured pressure such as in the case of containers with aconical outlet. For the calibration, enter a linearization table with at least 2 andnot more than 32 points.  See also Page 77 ff, Table 12.
• Height linearized: select this level type if you require two measured variables orif the container shape is given with value pairs, e.g. height and volume.
The following combinations are possible:– Height + Volume– Height + Mass
– Height + %– %-Height + volume– %-Height + Mass
– %-Height + %Perform two calibrations for this level type. First for the measured variableheight or %-height like for the "Linear" option and then for the measured
variable volume, mass or % like for the "Pressure linearized" option.  See also
Page 82 ff, Table 13.
Factory setting:LinearFor LEVEL MODE = Linear, see Page 69, Table 11.
For LEVEL MODE = Pressure linearized, see Page 77, Table 12.
For LEVEL MODE = Height linearized, see Page 82, Table 13.

Endress+Hauser

67Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Measured value

1)
GROUP SELECTION

2)MEASURING MODEQUICK SETUP

2)

MANUFACTURER VIEWPROFILE VIEWOPERATING MENUSETTINGSDISPLAYPOSITION ADJUSTMENT

BASIC SETUP

Pressure

EXTENDED SETUP

Level

Flow

*
PRESS. ENG. UNIT*
CUSTOMER UNIT P
CUST. UNIT FACT. P*

LEVEL MODE

PressureLinearizedLinearHeightLinearized

LIN. MEASURAND

Filling height

Volume% (Filling height)

Mass
MASS UNIT

VOLUME UNIT

HEIGHT UNIT

CUSTOMER UNIT H**

CUSTOMER UNIT V*

CUSTOMER UNIT M

*

*

*

CUST. UNIT FACT. V*

CUST. UNIT FACT. M*

CUST. UNIT FACT. H

CALIBRATION MODE

dry

wet
EMPTY CALIB.

DENSITY UNIT

PRESSURE

ADJUST DENSITYEMPTY PRESSURETANK VOLUME*

FULL CALIB.

TANK HEIGHT*FULL PRESSURE

HEIGHT UNIT**
* CUST. UNIT FACT. H *ADJUSTED DENSITYDENSITY UNIT

1) Display via on-site display only
2) Display via digital communication

CUSTOMER UNIT H

100% POINT*

Parameters marked with an asterisk "*"are not always displayed. The display
depends on the settings of other parameters,
see the following Table.

*

ZERO POSITIONDAMPING VALUE

2)
DAMP SWITCH
P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-006

Fig. 27:

68

BASIC SETUP function group for the "Level" measuring mode and "Linear" level type

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 11: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Linear"
Parameter name

Description

The following parameters are displayed if you selected the "Linear" option for the LEVEL MODE parameter. For
this level type, the measured variable (level, volume, mass or %) is in direct proportion to the measured pressure.
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level• LEVEL MODE = Linear (see also Page 67).
Note:
See also– Page 66 ff, Table 10: BASIC SETUP – general– Page 95 ff, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 116 ff, Table 28: PROCESS VALUES– Page 12 ff, Section 5 "Level measurement".
LIN. MEASURAND (804)Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 199

Select measured variable.
Options:• Level• Volume• Mass• % (level)
Factory setting:% (level)

HEIGHT UNIT (708)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 177

Select level unit.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Level• or dry calibration
Options:
• mm
• cm
• dm
• m
• inch• ft• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
H and CUST. UNIT FACT. H.
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter description for PV SCALE, OUT SCALE (Page 142) andSET UNIT TO BUS (Page 110).
Factory setting:m

CUSTOMER UNIT H (706)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 179

Enter text (unit) for customer-specific level unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here.
See also CUST. UNIT FACT. H.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Level, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• or dry calibration

Only the first five characters are shown on the onsite display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the onsite
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The fraction bar(slash) counts as one character.
Factory setting:________

Endress+Hauser

69Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 11: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Linear"
Parameter name

Description

CUST. UNIT FACT. H (705) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific level unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m".
See also CUSTOMER UNIT H.
Slot: 2Prerequisite:
Index: 178• LIN. MEASURAND = Level, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• or dry calibration
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.5 m i 1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT H: PU– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. H: 2
– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0
UNIT VOLUME (313)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 146

Select volume unit.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume
Options:
• l
• hl
• cm3
• dm3
• m3
• m3 E3• ft• ft3 E3
• gal
• Igal• bbl• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
V and CUST. UNIT FACT. V.
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter description for PV SCALE, OUT SCALE (Page 142) andSET UNIT TO BUS (Page 110).
Factory setting:m3

CUSTOMER UNIT V (608)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 147

Enter text (unit) for customer-specific volume unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here.
See also CUST. UNIT FACT. V
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume, UNIT VOLUME = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the onsite display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the onsite
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The fraction bar(slash) counts as one character.
Factory setting:________

70

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 11: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Linear"
Parameter name

Description

CUST. UNIT FACT. V (607) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific volume unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m3".
See also CUSTOMER UNIT V.
Slot: 2Prerequisite:
Index: 148• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume, UNIT VOLUME = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.01 m3 i 1 bucket– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT V: bucket– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. V: 100– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0
MASS UNIT (709)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 174

Select mass unit.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Mass
Options:
• g
• kg
• t
• oz
• lb
• ton
• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
M and CUST. UNIT FACT. M.
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter description for PV SCALE, OUT SCALE (Page 142) andSET UNIT TO BUS (Page 110).
Factory setting:kg

CUSTOMER UNIT M (704)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 176

Enter text (unit) for customer-specific mass unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here.
See also CUST. UNIT FACT. M.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Mass, MASS UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the onsite display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the onsite
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The fraction bar(slash) counts as one character.
Factory setting:________

Endress+Hauser

71Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 11: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Linear"
Parameter name

Description

CUST. UNIT FACT. M (703) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific mass unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "kg".
See also CUSTOMER UNIT M.
Slot: 2Prerequisite:
Index: 175• LIN. MEASURAND = Mass, MASS UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE = 10 kg i 1 bucket– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT M: bucket– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. M: 0.1– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0
CALIBRATION MODE
(392)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 121

Select calibration mode.
Options:• Wet
Wet calibration takes place by filling and emptying the container. Thiscalibration mode requires two pressure-level value pairs to be entered. In thecase of two different levels, the level value is entered and the pressure measured
at this moment is assigned to the level value. See also the following
parameter description for EMPTY CALIB., EMPTY PRESSURE, FULL CALIB. and
FULL PRESSURE.
• Dry
Dry calibration is a theoretical calibration which you can carry out even if thedevice is not mounted or the container is empty.
– For the "Level" measured variable, the density of the fluid (see Page 73,
ADJUST DENSITY) must be entered.
– For the "Volume" measured variable, the density of the fluid and the tankvolume and tank height must be entered (see Page 73, ADJUST DENSITY,TANK VOLUME and TANK HEIGHT).
– For the "Mass" measured variable, the tank volume and the tank height must
be entered (see Page 74, TANK VOLUME and TANK HEIGHT). The density
must also be entered in the case of a zero point shift (level offset) (see Page
73, ADJUST DENSITY).
– For the "%" measured variable, the density of the fluid must be entered and alevel assigned to the 100 % point (see Page 73 and 76, ADJUST DENSITY
and 100% POINT).
If the measurement should not start at the mounting location of the device, alevel offset must be entered (see Page 76, ZERO POSITION).
Factory setting:
Wet

EMPTY CALIB. (314)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 75

Enter level value for the lower calibration point (container empty).
The container is either empty or part full. By entering a value for this parameter,
you are assigning a level value to the pressure present at the device. See also
EMPTY PRESSURE.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
Factory setting:
0.0

EMPTY PRESSURE (710)
Display
Slot: 2
Index: 180

72

Displays the pressure value for the lower calibration point (container empty).
See also EMPTY CALIB.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
Factory setting:
0.0

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 11: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Linear"
Parameter name

Description

FULL CALIB. (315)
Entry

Enter level value for the upper calibration point (container full).
The container is either completely or almost full. By entering a value for thisparameter, you are assigning a level value to the pressure present at the device. 
See also FULL PRESSURE.

Slot: 2
Index: 76

Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
Factory setting:
100.0

FULL PRESSURE (711)
Display
Slot: 2
Index: 181

ADJUSTED DENSITY (810)Display
Slot: 2
Index: 122
DENSITY UNIT (812)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 127

Displays the pressure value for the upper calibration point (container full).
See also FULL CALIB.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
Factory setting:High sensor limit (See PRESS. SENS HILIM, Page 114)
Displays the density calculated from the upper and lower level point.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet, LIN. MEASURAND = Level

Select density unit.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Level, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• LIN. MEASURAND = % (level), CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• LIN. MEASURAND = Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Options:• g/cm3• kg/dm3• kg/m3• US lb/in3• US lb/ft3
Factory setting:kg/dm3

ADJUST DENSITY (316)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 128

Enter density of fluid.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Level, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• LIN. MEASURAND = % (level), CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• LIN. MEASURAND = Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
1 kg/dm3

Endress+Hauser

73Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 11: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Linear"
Parameter name

Description

UNIT VOLUME (313)
Selection

Select volume unit.

Slot: 2
Index: 146

Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume
Options:
• l
• hl
• cm3
• dm3
• m3
• m3 E3• ft• ft3 E3
• gal
• Igal• bbl• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
V and CUST. UNIT FACT. V.
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter description for PV SCALE, OUT SCALE (Page 142) andSET UNIT TO BUS (Page 110).
Factory setting:m3

CUSTOMER UNIT V (608)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific volume unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here.
See also CUST. UNIT FACT. V

Slot: 2
Index: 147

Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume, UNIT VOLUME = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the onsite display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the onsite
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The fraction bar(slash) counts as one character.
Factory setting:________
CUST. UNIT FACT. V (607) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific volume unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m3".
See also CUSTOMER UNIT V.
Slot: 2Prerequisite:
Index: 148• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume, UNIT VOLUME = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.01 m3 i 1 bucket– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT V: bucket– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. V: 100– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0
TANK VOLUME (858)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 129

74

Enter tank volume.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• LIN. MEASURAND = Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
1.0 m3Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 11: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Linear"
Parameter name

Description

HEIGHT UNIT (708)
Selection

Select level unit.

Slot: 2
Index: 177

Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = % (level), CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Options:
• mm
• dm
• cm
• m
• inch• ft• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
H and CUST. UNIT FACT. H.
Factory setting:m

CUSTOMER UNIT H (706)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 179

Enter text (unit) for customer-specific level unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here.
See also CUST. UNIT FACT. H.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = % (level), CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the onsite display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the onsite
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The fraction bar(slash) counts as one character.
Factory setting:________
CUST. UNIT FACT. H (705) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific level unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m".
See also CUSTOMER UNIT H.
Slot: 2Prerequisite:
Index: 178• LIN. MEASURAND = % (level), CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.5 m i 1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT H: PU– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. H: 2
– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0
TANK HEIGHT (859)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 130

Endress+HauserEnter tank height.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• LIN. MEASURAND = Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
1.0 m

75

Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 11: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Linear"
Parameter name

Description

100% POINT (813)
EntryEnter level value for 100% point.

Slot: 2
Index: 131

Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = % (level), CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Example:– The 100 %-point should correspond to 4 m (13 ft).
– Select the "m" unit via the HEIGHT UNIT parameter.
– Enter the value "4" for this parameter (100% POINT).
Factory setting:
1.0

ZERO POSITION (814)
EntryEnter value for level offset.
If the measurement should not start at the mounting location of the device, e.g. forcontainers with a sump, carry out zero point shift (level offset).

Slot: 2
Index: 132

Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
0.0

➀
➁

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-001

Fig. 28:
1
2

DAMP SWITCH
Display

Zero point shift
Device is mounted above the level lower range value: a positive value has to be enteredfor ZERO POSITION.
Device is mounted below the level lower range value: a negative value has to be enteredfor ZERO POSITION.

Displays the switch position of DIP switch 2 which is used to switch the damping of
the output signal on and off.
Display:• Off
The output signal is not damped.
• On
The output signal is damped. The attenuation constant is specified in the"DAMPING VALUE (274)" parameter.
Factory setting
On

DAMPING VALUE (247)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 79

Enter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the onsite
display, measured value and OUT value of the Analog Input Block react to a change
in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0 to 999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications
The set damping time is only effective if DIP switch 2 is set to the "on" position.

76

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Measured value

1)
GROUP SELECTION

2)MEASURING MODEQUICK SETUP

2)

MANUFACTURER VIEWPROFILE VIEWOPERATING MENUSETTINGSDISPLAYPOSITION ADJUSTMENT

BASIC SETUP

Pressure

EXTENDED SETUP

Level

Flow

PRESS. ENG. UNIT

CUSTOMER UNIT P*

CUST. UNIT FACT. P*

LEVEL MODE

PressureLinearizedLinearLINd MEASURAND

HeightLinearized
Pressure and Mass
Pressure and %Pressure and Volume
MASS UNIT

VOLUME UNIT

CUSTOMER UNIT V*

CUSTOMER UNIT M

CUST. UNIT FACT. V*

CUST. UNIT FACT. M

1) Display via on-site display only
2) Display via digital communication

HYDR. PRESS MIN.

marked with an asterisk "*"* Parameters
are not always displayed. The display

HYDR. PRESS MAX.

depends on the settings of other parameters,
see the following Table.

**

DENSITY UNIT

2)
DAMP SWITCHDAMPING VALUE

P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-007

Fig. 29:

BASIC SETUP function group for the "Level" measuring mode and the "Pressure linearized" level type, continue calibration
with LINEARIZATION function group see Page 98 ff.

Table 12: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Pressure linearized"
Parameter name

Description

The following parameters are displayed if you selected the "Pressure linearized" option for the LEVEL MODE
parameter. For this level type, the measured variable (volume, mass or %) is not in direct proportion to themeasured pressure. For the calibration, enter a linearization table with at least 2 and not more than 32 points.
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level• LEVEL MODE = Pressure linearized ( see also Page 67).
Note:
See also– Page 66 ff, Table 10: BASIC SETUP – general– Page 95 ff, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 98 ff, Table 18 and 19: LINEARIZATION– Page 116 ff, Table 28: PROCESS VALUES– Page 12 ff, Section 5 "Level measurement".

Endress+Hauser

77Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 12: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Pressure linearized"
Parameter name

Description

LINd. MEASURAND (805)Selection

Select measured variable.

Slot: 2
Index: 200

Options:• Pressure and Volume• Pressure and Mass
• Pressure and %Factory setting:Pressure and %UNIT VOLUME (313)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 146

Select volume unit.
Prerequisite:• LINd. MEASURAND = Pressure and Volume
Options:
• l
• hl
• cm3
• dm3
• m3
• m3 E3• ft• ft3 E3
• gal
• Igal• bbl• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
V and CUST. UNIT FACT. V.
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter description for PV SCALE, OUT SCALE (Page 142) andSET UNIT TO BUS (Page 110).
Factory setting:m3

CUSTOMER UNIT V (608)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific volume unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. V

Slot: 2
Index: 147

Prerequisite:• LINd. MEASURAND = Pressure and volume,
UNIT VOLUME = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the onsite display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the onsite
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The fraction bar(slash) counts as one character.
Factory setting:________

78

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 12: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Pressure linearized"
Parameter name

Description

CUST. UNIT FACT. V (607) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific volume unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m3". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT V.
Slot: 2Prerequisite:
Index: 148• LINd. MEASURAND = Pressure and volume,
UNIT VOLUME = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.01 m3 i 1 bucket– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT V: bucket– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. V: 100– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0
MASS UNIT (709)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 174

Select mass unit.
Prerequisite:• LINd. MEASURAND = Pressure and Mass
Options:
• g
• kg
• t
• oz
• lb
• ton
• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
M and CUST. UNIT FACT. M.
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter description for PV SCALE, OUT SCALE (Page 142) andSET UNIT TO BUS (Page 110).
Factory setting:kg

CUSTOMER UNIT M (704)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific mass unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. M.

Slot: 2
Index: 176

Prerequisite:• LINd. MEASURAND = Pressure and mass,
UNIT MASS = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the onsite display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the onsite
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The fraction bar(slash) counts as one character.
Factory setting:________

Endress+Hauser

79Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 12: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Pressure linearized"
Parameter name

Description

CUST. UNIT FACT. M (703) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific mass unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "kg". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT M.
Slot: 2Prerequisite:
Index: 175• LINd. MEASURAND = Pressure and mass,
UNIT MASS = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE = 10 kg i 1 bucket– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT M: bucket– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. M: 0.1– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0
HYDR. PRESS M (773)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 194

HYDR. PRESS MAX. (774)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 190

DAMP SWITCH
DisplayEnter the minimum hydrostatic pressure to be expected.
The input limits for the calibration (editing limits) are derived from the value
entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the minimum hydrostaticpressure to be expected, the more accurate the measurement result.
Factory setting:
0.0Enter the maximum hydrostatic pressure to be expected.
The input limits for the calibration (editing limits) are derived from the value
entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the maximum hydrostaticpressure to be expected, the more accurate the measurement result.
Factory setting:High sensor limit (See PRESS. SENS HILIM, Page 114)
Displays the switch position of DIP switch 2 which is used to switch the damping of
the output signal on and off.
Display:• Off
The output signal is not damped.
• On
The output signal is damped. The attenuation constant is specified in the"DAMPING VALUE (274)" parameter.
Factory setting
On

DAMPING VALUE (247)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 79

Enter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the onsite
display, measured value and OUT value of the Analog Input Block react to a change
in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0 to 999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications
The set damping time is only effective if DIP switch 2 is set to the "on" position.

80

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

MEASURED VALUE

2)
MEASURING MODEQUICK SETUP

2)

MANUFACTURER VIEWPROFILE VIEWOPERATING MENUSETTINGSDISPLAYPOSITION ADJUSTMENT

PressureBASIC SETUP

EXTENDED SETUP

Level

Flow

PRESS. ENG. UNIT

CUSTOMER UNIT P*

CUST. UNIT FACT. P*

LEVEL MODE

LinearPressureLinearized

HeightLinearized
COMB. MEASURAND

Height+...

%-Height+...

HEIGHT UNIT

CUSTOMER UNIT H*

CUST. UNIT FACT. H*...+Volume
VOLUME UNIT...+Mass...+%

MASS UNIT

CUSTOMER UNIT V*

CUSTOMER UNIT M*

CUST. UNIT FACT. V*

CUST. UNIT FACT. M*

LEVEL MINLEVEL MAXCALIBRATION MODE

1) Display via on-site display only
2) Display via digital communication

Wet

Dry

EMPTY CALIB.

DENSITY UNIT

PRESSURE

ADJUST DENSITYEMPTY PRESSURE

HEIGHT UNIT*

FULL CALIB.

CUSTOMER UNIT H*

FULL PRESSURE

CUST. UNIT FACT. H*

100% POINT**

ADJUSTED DENSITYZERO POSITION

marked with an asterisk "*"* Parameters
are not always displayed. The display
depends on the settings of other parameters,
see the following Table.

2)
DAMP SWITCHDAMPING VALUE
P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-009

Fig. 30:

Endress+Hauser

BASIC SETUP function group for the "Level" measuring mode and the "Height linearized" level type, continue calibration
with LINEARIZATION function group see Page 98 ff.

81

Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 13: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Height linearized"
Parameter name

Description

The following parameters are displayed if you selected the "Height linearized" option for the LEVEL MODE
parameter.
Select this level type if you require two measured variables or if the container shape is given with value pairs, e.g.
height and volume.
The following combinations are possible:• Height and Volume• Height and Mass
• Height and %• %-Height and Volume• %-Height and Mass
• %-Height and %The 1st measured variable (%-Height or height) must be in direct proportion to the measured pressure. The 2nd
measured variable (volume, mass or %) must not be in direct proportion. A linearization table must be entered
for the 2nd measured variable. The 2nd measured variable is assigned to the 1st measured variable by means of
this table.
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level• LEVEL MODE = Height linearized ( see also Page 67).
Note:
See also– Page 66 ff, Table 10: BASIC SETUP – general– Page 95 ff, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 98 ff, Table 18 and 19: LINEARIZATION– Page 116 ff, Table 28: PROCESS VALUES– Page 12 ff, Section 5 "Level measurement".
COMB. MEASURAND(806)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 201

Select measured variable.
Options:• Height and Volume• Height and Mass
• Height and %• %-Height and Volume• %-Height and Mass
• %-Height and %Factory setting:%-Height and %HEIGHT UNIT (708)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 177

Select level unit for the 1st measured variable.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Volume, height and Mass or height and %Options:
• mm
• dm
• cm
• m
• inch• ft• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
H and CUST. UNIT FACT. H.
Factory setting:m82

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 13: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Height linearized"
Parameter name

Description

CUSTOMER UNIT H (706)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific level unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. H.

Slot: 2
Index: 179

Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Volume, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Mass, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and %, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the onsite display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the onsite
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The fraction bar(slash) counts as one character.
Factory setting:________
CUST. UNIT FACT. H (705) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific level unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m".
See also CUSTOMER UNIT H.
Slot: 2Prerequisite:
Index: 178• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Volume, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Mass, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and %, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.5 m i 1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT H: PU– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. H: 2
– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0
UNIT VOLUME (313)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 146

Select the volume unit for the 2nd measured value.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Volume or %-Height and Volume
Options:
• l
• hl
• cm3
• dm3
• m3
• m3 E3• ft• ft3 E3
• gal
• Igal• bbl• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
V and CUST. UNIT FACT. V.
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter description for PV SCALE, OUT SCALE (Page 142) andSET UNIT TO BUS (Page 110).
Factory setting:m3

Endress+Hauser

83Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 13: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Height linearized"
Parameter name

Description

CUSTOMER UNIT V (608)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific volume unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. V

Slot: 2
Index: 147

Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Volume, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Volume,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the onsite display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the onsite
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The fraction bar(slash) counts as one character.
Factory setting:________
CUST. UNIT FACT. V (607) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific volume unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m3". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT V.
Slot: 2Prerequisite:
Index: 148• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Volume, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Volume,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.01 m3 i 1 bucket– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT V: bucket– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. V: 100– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0
MASS UNIT (709)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 174

Select the mass unit for the 2nd measured value.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Mass or %-Height and Mass
Options:
• g
• kg
• t
• oz
• lb
• ton
• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
M and CUST. UNIT FACT. M.
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter description for PV SCALE, OUT SCALE (Page 142) andSET UNIT TO BUS (Page 110).
Factory setting:kg

84

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 13: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Height linearized"
Parameter name

Description

CUSTOMER UNIT M (704)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific mass unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. M.

Slot: 2
Index: 176

Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Mass, MASS UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Mass, MASS UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the onsite display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the onsite
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The fraction bar(slash) counts as one character.
Factory setting:________
CUST. UNIT FACT. M (703) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific mass unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "kg". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT M.
Slot: 2Prerequisite:
Index: 175• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Mass, MASS UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Mass, MASS UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE = 10 kg i 1 bucket– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT M: bucket– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. M: 0.1– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0
LEVEL MIN (755)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 133

LEVEL MAX (712)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 134

Endress+HauserEnter the minimum level to be expected.
The input limits for the calibration (editing limits) are derived from the value
entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the minimum level to be
expected, the more accurate the measurement result.
Factory setting:
0.0Enter the maximum level to be expected.
The input limits for the calibration (editing limits) are derived from the value
entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the maximum level to be
expected, the more accurate the measurement result.
Factory setting:
100.0

85

Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 13: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Height linearized"
Parameter name

Description

CALIBRATION MODE
(392)
Selection

Select the calibration mode for the calibration of the 1st measured variable.

Slot: 2
Index: 121

Options:• Wet
Wet calibration takes place by filling the container. This calibration mode
requires two pressure-level value pairs to be entered. In the case of two different
levels, the level value is entered and the pressure measured at this moment is
assigned to the level value.
See also the following parameter description for EMPTY CALIB., EMPTYPRESSURE, FULL CALIB. and FULL PRESSURE.
• Dry
Dry calibration is a theoretical calibration which you can carry out even if thedevice is not mounted or the container is empty.
– For the "Level" measured variable, the density of the fluid (see Page 87,
ADJUST DENSITY) must be entered.
– For the "%" measured variable, the density of the fluid must be entered and alevel assigned to the 100 % point (see Page 87, ADJUST DENSITY and100% POINT).
If the measurement should not start at the mounting location of the device, alevel offset must be entered (see Page 88, ZERO POSITION).
If you change to dry calibration after a wet calibration, the density must be enteredcorrectly via the ADJUST DENSITY and PROCESS DENSITY parameters beforechanging the calibration mode. See also Page 96.
Factory setting:
Wet

EMPTY CALIB. (314)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 75

Enter level value for the lower calibration point (container empty).
The container is either empty or part full. By entering a value for this parameter,
you are assigning a level value to the pressure present at the device. See also
EMPTY PRESSURE.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
Factory setting:
0.0

EMPTY PRESSURE (710)
Display
Slot: 2
Index: 180
FULL CALIB. (315)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 76

Displays the pressure value for the lower calibration point (container empty).
See also EMPTY CALIB.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
Enter level value for the upper calibration point (container full).
The container is either completely or almost full. By entering a value for thisparameter, you are assigning a level value to the pressure present at the device. 
See also FULL PRESSURE.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
Factory setting:
100.0

FULL PRESSURE (711)
Display
Slot: 2
Index: 181

ADJUSTED DENSITY (810)Display
Slot: 2
Index: 122

86

Displays the pressure value for the upper calibration point (container full).
See also FULL CALIB.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
Factory setting:High sensor limit (See PRESS. SENS HILIM, Page 114)
Displays the density calculated from the upper and lower level point.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Wet• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Wet• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and %, CALIBRATION MODE = Wet

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 13: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Height linearized"
Parameter name

Description

DENSITY UNIT (812)
Selection

Select density unit.

Slot: 2
Index: 127

Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Options:• g/cm3• kg/dm3• kg/m3• US lb/in3• US lb/ft3
Factory setting:kg/dm3

ADJUST DENSITY (316)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 128
HEIGHT UNIT (708)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 177

Enter density of fluid.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
1.0
Select level unit.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and %, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Options:
• mm
• dm
• cm
• m
• inch• ft• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
H and CUST. UNIT FACT. H.
Factory setting:m

CUSTOMER UNIT H (706)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific level unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here.
See also CUST. UNIT FACT. H.

Slot: 2
Index: 179

Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and %, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the onsite display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the onsite
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The fraction bar(slash) counts as one character.
Factory setting:________

Endress+Hauser

87Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 13: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Height linearized"
Parameter name

Description

CUST. UNIT FACT. H (705) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific level unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m".
See also CUSTOMER UNIT H.
Slot: 2Prerequisite:
Index: 178• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and %, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.5 m i 1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT H: PU– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. H: 2
– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0
100% POINT (813)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 131

Enter level value for 100% point.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and %, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Example:– The 100 %-point should correspond to 4 m (13 ft).
– Select the "m" unit via the HEIGHT UNIT parameter.
– Enter the value "4" for this parameter (100% POINT).
Factory setting:
1.0

ZERO POSITION (814)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 132

Enter value for level offset.
If the measurement should not start at the mounting location of the device, e.g. forcontainers with a sump, carry out zero point shift (level offset).
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry➀➁

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-001

Fig. 31:1
2

Zero point shift
Device is mounted above the level lower range value: a positive value has to be enteredfor ZERO POSITION.
Device is mounted below the level lower range value: a negative value has to be enteredfor ZERO POSITION.

Factory setting:
0.0

88

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 13: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level", LEVEL MODE "Height linearized"
Parameter name

Description

DAMP SWITCH
Display

Displays the switch position of DIP switch 2 which is used to switch the damping of
the output signal on and off.
Display:• Off
The output signal is not damped.
• On
The output signal is damped. The attenuation constant is specified in the"DAMPING VALUE (274)" parameter.
Factory setting
On

DAMPING VALUE (247)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 79

Enter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the onsite
display, measured value and OUT value of the Analog Input Block react to a change
in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0 to 999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications
The set damping time is only effective if DIP switch 2 is set to the "on" position.

Endress+Hauser

89Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

MEASURED VALUE

2)
MEASURING MODEQUICK SETUP

2)

MANUFACTURER VIEWPROFILE VIEWOPERATING MENUSETTINGSDISPLAYPOSITION ADJUSTMENT

PressureBASIC SETUP

Level

EXTENDED SETUP

Flow
PRESS. ENG. UNIT

CUSTOMER UNIT P*

CUST. UNIT FACT. P*

LEVEL MODE

UNIT FLOWNORM FLOW UNIT

1) Display via on-site display only
2) Display via digital communication

Mass

Volumestd. cond.

Volumenorm cond.

Volumep. cond.

STD. FLOW UNIT

CUSTOMER UNIT F.

*

CUST. UNIT. FACT. F*

MASS FLOW UNIT

MAX. PRESS. FLOW

marked with an asterisk "*"* Parameters
are not always displayed. The display

MAX FLOW

depends on the settings of other parameters,
see the following Table.

2)
DAMP SWITCHDAMPING VALUE

P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-010

Fig. 32:

BASIC SETUP function group for the "Flow" measuring mode

Table 14: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = FlowNote:
See also– Page 51, Table 5: QUICK SETUP– Page 96, Table 17: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 104, Table 20: TOTALIZER SETUP– Page 117, Table 29: PROCESS VALUES.
– Page 40 ff, Section 6 "Flow measurement".

90

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 14: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

PRESS. ENG. UNIT (060)
Selection

Select pressure unit.
If a new pressure unit is selected, all pressure-specific parameters are converted
and displayed with the new unit.

Slot: 2
Index: 30

Options:• mbar, bar• mmH2O, mH2O, inH2O, ftH2O• Pa, hPa, kPa, MPa• psi• mmHg, inHg
• Torr• g/cm2, kg/cm2• lb/ft2• atm• gf/cm2, kgf/cm2• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
P and CUST. UNIT FACT. P.
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter description for PV SCALE, OUT SCALE (Page 142) andSET UNIT TO BUS (Page 110).
Factory setting:
Depends on the sensor nominal measuring range mbar or bar or as per orderspecifications

CUSTOMER UNIT P (075)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 114

Enter text (unit) for customized pressure unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. P.
Prerequisite:• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the onsite display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the onsite
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The fraction bar(slash) counts as one character.
Factory setting:________
CUST. UNIT FACT. P (317)
EntryEnter conversion factor for a customer-specific pressure unit.
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "Pa". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT P.

Slot: 2
Index: 115

Prerequisite:• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE =10000 Pa i 1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT P: PU– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. P: 0.0001– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0

Endress+Hauser

91Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 14: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

FLOW-MEAS. TYPE (640)
Selection

Select the flow type.

Slot: 2
Index: 111

Options:• Volume p. cond. (volume under operating conditions)• Vol. norm. cond. (norm volume under norm conditions in Europe: 1013.25 mbar
and 273.15 K (0 °C))
• Vol. std. cond. (standard volume under standard conditions in USA: 1013.25
mbar (14.7 psi) and 288.15 K (15 °C/59 °F))
• Mass
Factory setting:
Volume p. cond.

UNIT FLOW (391)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 155

Select volume flow unit.
When a new flow unit is selected, all flow-specific parameters are converted anddisplayed with the new unit within a flow mode (FLOW-MEAS. TYPE). When theflow mode is changed, conversion is not possible.
Prerequisite:• FLOW-MEAS. TYPE = Volume p. cond.
Options:• m3/s, m3/min, m3/h, m3/day• l/s, l/min, l/h• hl/s, hl/min, hl/day• ft3/s, ft3/min, ft3/h, ft3/day• ACFS, ACFM, ACFH, ACFD
• ozf/s, ozf/min• US Gal/s, US Gal/min, US Gal/h, US Gal/day• Imp. Gal/s, Imp. Gal/min, Imp. Gal/h• bbl/s, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/day• User unit, see also this table, parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT F
and CUST. UNIT FACT. F
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter description for PV SCALE, OUT SCALE (Page 142) andSET UNIT TO BUS (Page 110).
Factory setting:m3/s

NORM FLOW UNIT (661)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 167

Select norm volume flow unit.
When a new flow unit is selected, all flow-specific parameters are converted anddisplayed with the new unit within a flow mode (FLOW-MEAS. TYPE). When theflow mode is changed, conversion is not possible.
Prerequisite:• FLOW-MEAS. TYPE = Volume norm conditions
Options:• Nm3/s, Nm3/min, Nm3/h, Nm3/day• User unit, see also this table, parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT F
and CUST. UNIT FACT. F
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter description for PV SCALE, OUT SCALE (Page 142) andSET UNIT TO BUS (Page 110).
Factory setting:
Nm3/s

92

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 14: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

STD. FLOW UNIT (660)
Selection

Select standard volume flow unit.
When a new flow unit is selected, all flow-specific parameters are converted anddisplayed with the new unit within a flow mode (FLOW-MEAS. TYPE). When theflow mode is changed, conversion is not possible.

Slot: 2
Index: 166

Prerequisite:• FLOW-MEAS. TYPE = Volume std. conditions
Options:• Sm3/s, Sm3/min, Sm3/h, Sm3/day• SCFS, SCFM, SCFH, SCFD
• User unit, see also this table, parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT F
and CUST. UNIT FACT. F
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter description for PV SCALE, OUT SCALE (Page 142) andSET UNIT TO BUS (Page 110).
Factory setting:
Sm3/s

MASS FLOW UNIT (571)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 164

Select mass flow unit.
When a new flow unit is selected, all flow-specific parameters are converted anddisplayed with the new unit within a flow mode (FLOW-MEAS. TYPE). When theflow mode is changed, conversion is not possible.
Prerequisite:• FLOW-MEAS. TYPE = Mass
Options:• g/s, kg/s, kg/min, kg/min, kg/h
• t/s, t/min, t/h, t/day• oz/s, oz/min• lb/s, lb/min, lb/h
• ton/s, ton/min, ton/h, ton/day• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
F and CUST. UNIT FACT. F
Following a change in the unit, the digital output value of the Analog Input value
OUT and the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE no longer display the samevalue.  See also parameter description for PV SCALE, OUT SCALE (Page 142) andSET UNIT TO BUS (Page 110).
Factory setting:kg/s

CUSTOMER UNIT F (610)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 112

Enter text (unit) for customer-specific flow unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. F.
Prerequisite:• UNIT FLOW = User unit
• NORM FLOW UNIT = User unit
• STD. FLOW UNIT = User unit
• MASS FLOW UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the onsite display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the onsite
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The fraction bar(slash) counts as one character.
Factory setting:________

Endress+Hauser

93Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 14: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

CUST. UNIT FACT. F (609)
EntryEnter conversion factor for a customer-specific flow unit. The conversion factor
must be entered in relation to an appropriate SI unit, e.g. m3/s for the "Volume p.
cond." flow mode.  See also CUSTOMER UNIT F.

Slot: 2
Index: 113

Prerequisite:• UNIT FLOW = User unit
• NORM FLOW UNIT = User unit
• STD. FLOW UNIT = User unit
• MASS FLOW UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "bucket/h".
– MEASURED VALUE =0.01 m3/s i 3600 bucket/h– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT F: bucket/h– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. F: 360000– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 3600 bucket/hFactory setting:
1.0

MAX. FLOW (311)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 80

Enter maximum flow of primary device.
See also layout sheet of primary device. The maximum flow is assigned to the
maximum pressure which you enter via MAX PRESS. FLOW.
Factory setting:
1.0

MAX PRESS. FLOW (634)
EntryEnter maximum pressure of primary device.
See layout sheet of primary device. This value is assigned to the maximum flow
value (see MAX. FLOW).

Slot: 2
Index: 81

Factory setting:High sensor limit ( See PRESS. SENS HILIM, Page 114)

DAMP SWITCH
Display

Displays the switch position of DIP switch 2 which is used to switch the damping of
the output signal on and off.
Display:• Off
The output signal is not damped.
• On
The output signal is damped. The attenuation constant is specified in the"DAMPING VALUE (274)" parameter.
Factory setting
On

DAMPING VALUE (247)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 79

Enter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the onsite
display, measured value and OUT value of the Analog Input Block react to a change
in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0 to 999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications
The set damping time is only effective if DIP switch 2 is set to the "on" position.

94

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Measured value

1)
GROUP SELECTION

2)QUICK SETUP

2)

MANUFACTURER VIEWPROFILE VIEWOPERATING MENUSETTINGSPOSITION ADJUSTMENT

1) Display via on-site display only
2) Display via digital communication

DISPLAY

BASIC SETUP

EXTENDED SETUP

Pressure
TEMP. EING. UNIT

marked with an asterisk "*"* Parameters
are not always displayed. The display
depends on the settings of other parameters,
see the following Table.

Level

Flow

TEMP. EING. UNIT

TEMP. EING. UNITDENSITY UNIT

LOW FLOW CUT-OFF

ADJUST DENSITYSET L. FL. CUT-OFF*

PROCESS DENSITY
P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-011

Fig. 33:

EXTENDED SETUP function group
For the "Pressure" measuring mode, see Page 95, Table 15
For the "Level" measuring mode, see Page 95, Table 16
For the "Flow" measuring mode, see Page 96, Table 17

Table 15: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  EXTENDED SETUP "Pressure"
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Pressure
Note:
See also Page 11 ff, Section 4 "Pressure measurement".

‣

TEMP. ENG. UNIT (318)Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 44

Select the unit for the temperature measured values.
See also PCB TEMPERATURE (Page 112) and SENSOR TEMP. (Page 116).
Options:
• °C
• °F
• K
• R
Factory setting:°C

Table 16: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  EXTENDED SETUP "Level"
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level
Note:
See also Page 12 ff, Section 5 "Level measurement".

‣

Endress+Hauser

95Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 16: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  EXTENDED SETUP "Level"
Parameter name

Description

TEMP. ENG. UNIT (318)Selection

Select the unit for the temperature measured values.
See also PCB TEMPERATURE (Page 112) and SENSOR TEMP. (Page 117).

Slot: 2
Index: 44

Options:
• °C
• °F
• K
• R
Factory setting:°C

DENSITY UNIT
(001)/(812)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 244

Select density unit.
Options:• g/cm3• kg/dm3• kg/m3• US lb/in3• US lb/ft3
Factory setting:kg/dm3

ADJUST DENSITY(007)/(316)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 245

Enter density of fluid.
LIN. MEASURAND: "% (Level)", "Mass" and "Volume" and MEASURAND COMB.:
If a change to dry calibration is made after a wet calibration using the
CALIBRATION MODE parameter ( Page 72 or 86), the density for this parametermust be entered correctly before changing the calibration mode. In the event thatthe pressure falls with increasing levels (LIN. MEASURED: Volume), such as in thecase of a residual volume measurement, a negative value shall be entered for thisparameter.
Factory setting:
1.0

PROCESS DENSITY(025)/(811)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 246

Enter a new density value for density correction.
The calibration was carried out with the medium water, for example. Now thecontainer is to be used for another fluid with another density. The calibration iscorrected appropriately by entering the new density value in the PROCESS DENSITY
parameter.
LIN. MEASURAND: "% (Level)", "Mass" and "Volume" and MEASURAND COMB.:
If a change to dry calibration is made after a wet calibration using the
CALIBRATION MODE parameter ( Page 72 or 86), the density for this parametermust be entered correctly before changing the calibration mode. In the event thatthe pressure falls with increasing levels (LIN. MEASURED: Volume), such as in thecase of a residual volume measurement, a negative value shall be entered for thisparameter.
Factory setting:
1.0

Table 17: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  EXTENDED SETUP "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = FlowNote:
See also Page 40 ff, Section 6 "Flow measurement".

‣

96

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 17: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  EXTENDED SETUP "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

TEMP. ENG. UNIT (318)Selection

Select the unit for the temperature measured value.
See also PCB TEMPERATURE (Page 112) and SENSOR TEMP. (Page 118).

Slot: 2
Index: 44

Options:
• °C
• °F
• K
• R
Factory setting:°C

LOW FLOW CUT-OFF(442)
Selection

Switches "low flow cut-off" function on and off.
In the lower measuring range, small flow quantities (creepages) can lead to large
measured value fluctuations. Switching on this function stops these flow quantities
from being recorded. See also SET. L. FL. CUT-OFF.

Slot: 2
Index: 158

Options:• Off• On
Factory setting:
Off

SET. L. FL. CUT-OFF (332)
EntryEnter switch-off point of low flow cut-off.
The hysteresis between the switch-on point and the switch-off point is always 1 %of the end flow value. See also LOW FLOW CUT-OFF.

Slot: 2
Index: 149

Prerequisite:• LOW FLOW CUT-OFF = on
Input range:
Switch-off point: 0...50 % of end flow value (MAX. FLOW).

➀

➁

Q
Q max

Q
Q max
6%
5%

0%

Δp

0%

Δp
P01-PMD7xxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-000

Factory setting:
5 % (of end flow value)

Endress+Hauser

97Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Measured value

1)
GROUP SELECTION

1)LANGUAGE

2)
MANUFACTURER VIEWOPERATING MENUSETTINGSDISPLAYPOSITION ADJUSTMENT

Level measuringmode only

LINEARIZATIONTANK CONTENT MINTANK CONTENT MAX

TABLE SELECTION

Editor Table

1) Display via on-site display only
2) Display via digital communication

Measuring Table

LIN. EDIT MODE

MEASURING TABLEEDITOR TABLE

LINE-NUMB:

LINE-NUMB:

X-VAL:X-VAL:Y-VAL:Y-VAL:EDITOR TABLETANK DESCRIBTION
P01-xxxxxxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-091

Fig. 34:

LINEARIZATION function group for onsite display

Table 18: GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARIZATION– Onsite display
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level (see also Page 44.)
• LEVEL MODE = Pressure linearized or height linearized (see also Page 67.)
Note:
– See also Page 12 ff, Section 5 "Level measurement".
TANK CONTENT MIN
(759)
Entry

Enter the minimum tank contents to be expected.
The input limits for the calibration (editing limits) are derived from the value
entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the minimum tank content tobe expected, the more accurate the measurement result.
Factory setting:
0.0

TANK CONTENT MAX
(713)
Entry

Enter the maximum tank contents to be expected.
The input limits for the subsequent calibration (editing limits) are derived from thevalue entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the maximum tankcontent to be expected, the more accurate the measurement result.
Factory setting:
100.0

98

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 18: GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARIZATION– Onsite display
Parameter name

Description

TABLE SELECTION (808)Selection

Select table.
The device works with a measuring and an editor table. The measuring table isused to calculate the measured value. To make sure measuring also runs properly
when entering a new table, there is another table, the editor table, for entering
new values.
Options:• View meas. table• Editor table
Factory setting:View meas. table

LIN. EDIT MODE (397)
Selection

Select the entry mode for the linearization table.
Prerequisite:• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table
Options:• Manual:
The container neither has to be filled nor emptied for this entry mode. Enter thevalue pairs for the linearization table.
• Semiautomatic:
The container is filled or emptied in stages in this entry mode. The device
automatically records the hydrostatic pressure. The associated volume, mass or%-value is entered.
Factory setting:
ManualEDITOR TABLE (809)
Selection

Select table.
Prerequisite:• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table
Options:• New table:
Enter new linearization table.
• Edit measure table:
The measuring table is loaded as an editor table so that changes can be made. 
See also TAB. SELECTION• Continue edit:
Edit an editor table that already exists. See also TABLE EDITOR (770)
Factory setting:
New table

Enter table in the "Semiautomatic" editing mode.
TABLE EDITOR
Entry ("Semiautomatic" edit A linearization table must have at least 2 points and may not have more than
32 points. A point consists of LINE-NUMB, X-VAL. and Y-VAL. For this editingmode)
mode, the container is filled or emptied in stages.
– LINE-NUMB (549)
Example: Enter point for LEVEL MODE = Pressure Linearized– Y-VAL. (551)– LINE-NUMB: confirm value displayed.
– Y-VAL.: depending on the setting in the LINd. MEASURAND parameter, enterthe volume, mass or % value.
– X-VAL.: the hydrostatic pressure present is displayed and saved by confirming
the Y-value.
Example: Enter point for LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized– LINE-NUMB: confirm value displayed.
– Y-VAL.: depending on the setting in the COMB. MEASURAND parameter, enterthe volume, mass or % value.
– X-VAL.: the hydrostatic pressure present is measured. Depending on the settingin the COMB. MEASURAND parameter, the measured pressure is converted to alevel unit or a % and displayed. The value is saved by confirming the Y-value.
Factory setting:
LINE-NUMB = 1, X-VAL. = 0.0, Y-VAL. = 0.0

Endress+Hauser

99Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 18: GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARIZATION– Onsite display
Parameter name

Description

TABLE EDITOR
Entry ("manual" edit mode)Enter table in the "manual" editing mode.
A linearization table must have at least 2 points and may not have more than
32 points. A point consists of a line number, X-value and Y-value. The container
neither has to be filled nor emptied for this editing mode.

– LINE-NUMB (549)– Y-VAL. (551)– X-VAL. (550)

Example: Enter point for LEVEL MODE = Pressure Linearized– LINE-NUMB: confirm value displayed.
– X-VAL.: enter pressure value.
– Y-VAL.: depending on the setting in the LINd. MEASURAND parameter, enter
the related volume, mass or % value.
Example: Enter point for LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized– LINE-NUMB: confirm value displayed.
– X-VAL.: the hydrostatic pressure present is measured. Depending on the settingin the COMB. MEASURAND parameter, enter a level value or % value.
– Y-VAL.: depending on the setting in the COMB. MEASURAND parameter, enter
the related volume, mass or % value.
Factory setting:
LINE-NUMB = 1, X-VAL. = 0.0, Y-VAL. = 0.0

EDITOR TABLE (770)
Selection

Select the function for the editor table.
Options:• Next point: enter next point.
• Last input point: jump back to previous point to correct a mistake for example.
• Accept input table: save editor table as measuring table. This overwrites the oldmeasuring table.
• Abort: save values entered up to this point for the editor table and display next
parameter. The editor table is not activated as a measuring table.
• Insert point: see example below.
• Delete point: the current point is deleted. See example below.
Example: Add point, in this case between the 4th and 5th point for example– Select point 5 via the EDITOR TABLE/LINE NUMB parameter.
– Confirm current X and Y values with Enter.
– Using the TABLE EDITOR (770) parameter, select the option "Insert point".
– Point 5 is displayed for the TABLE EDITOR/LINE NUMB parameter. New values
for the X-VAL and Y-VAL parameters.
Example: delete point, in this case the 5th point for example– Select point 5 via the EDITOR TABLE/LINE NUMB parameter.
– Using the TABLE EDITOR (770) parameter, select the option "Delete point".
– The 5th point is deleted. All of the following points are pushed up one number
i.e. following deletion, the 6th point becomes Point 5.
Factory setting:
Next point

MEASURING TABLE (549)
Display

A point of the linearization table saved (measuring table) appears on the display
The parameter first displays the first point of the linearization table. By entering aline number, you can directly display the corresponding point in the linearizationtable.

MEASURING TABLE (717)
Selection

Select the function for the measuring table.
Options:• Next point: view next point of the measuring table.
• Last input point: view previous point of the measuring table.
• Abort: cancel measuring table display. Display next parameter.
Factory setting:
Next point

TANK DESCRIPTION (815)
Entry

100

Enter tank description. (Max. 32 alphanumeric characters)
Factory setting:________________________________

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Measured value

1)
GROUP SELECTION

2)QUICK SETUP

MANUFACTURER VIEWOPERATING MENUSETTINGSDISPLAYPOSITION ADJUSTMENT

LINEARIZATION

Level measuringmode only

TANK CONTENT MINTANK CONTENT MAX

TABLE SELECTION

Editor Table

Measuring Table

LIN. EDIT MODE

LINE-NUMB.

EDITOR TABLE

ACTIV LIN. TAB. X

LINE-NUMB.

ACTIV LIN. TAB. Y

X-VAL

1) Display via on-site display only
2) Display via digital communication

Y-VAL

EDITOR TABLETANK DESCRIPTION
P01-xxxxxxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-099

Fig. 35:

LINEARIZATION function group for FieldCare

Table 19: MANUFACTURER VIEW  OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  LINEARIZATION – FieldCare
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level (see also Page 44.)
• LEVEL MODE = Pressure linearized or height linearized (see also Page 67.)
Note:
– See also Page 12 ff, Section 5 "Level measurement".
TANK CONTENT MIN.
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 189

TANK CONTENT MAX.
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 188

Endress+HauserEnter the minimum tank contents to be expected.
The input limits for the calibration (editing limits) are derived from the value
entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the minimum tank content tobe expected, the more accurate the measurement result.
Factory setting:
0.0Enter the maximum tank contents to be expected.
The input limits for the subsequent calibration (editing limits) are derived from thevalue entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the maximum tankcontent to be expected, the more accurate the measurement result.
Factory setting:
100.0

101

Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 19: MANUFACTURER VIEW  OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  LINEARIZATION – FieldCare
Parameter name

Description

TABLE SELECTION
Selection

Select table.
The device works with a measuring and an editor table. The measuring table isused to calculate the measured value. To make sure measuring also runs properly
when entering a new table, there is another table, the editor table, for entering
new values.

Slot: 2
Index: 202

Options:• View meas. table• Editor table
Factory setting:View meas. table
LIN. EDIT MODE
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 120

Select the entry mode for the linearization table.
Prerequisite:• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table
Options:• Manual:
The container neither has to be filled nor emptied for this entry mode. Enter thevalue pairs for the linearization table.
• Semiautomatic:
The container is filled or emptied in stages in this entry mode. The device
automatically records the hydrostatic pressure. The associated volume, mass or%-value is entered.
Factory setting:
ManualTABLE EDITOR
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 203

Select table.
Prerequisite:• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table
Options:• New table:
Enter new linearization table.
• View meas. table:
View the measuring table saved and change points if necessary.
• Continue edit:
Edit an editor table that already exists.
FieldCare:• If you select the "View meas. table" option, the saved measuring table is loaded in
FieldCare. Use the "Lin.-Tab." window to the view the entire table, change values
if necessary and write the modified table to the device.
• If you change a value via the X-VAL. or Y-VAL. parameters, the table in the "LinTab." window is not updated. To view the table saved in the device, this tablemust first be read out of the device.
Factory setting:
New table

LINE-NUMB
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 55

Enter the line number for the linearization table. A linearization table must have atleast 2 points and may not have more than 32 points.
• TABLE SELECTION = View meas. table
Via this parameter you can select the point of the linearization table whichshould be displayed.
• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table
Enter a point via the LINE-NUMB, X-VAL. and Y-VAL. parameters.
See also this table, parameter description for LIN. EDIT MODE,
X-VAL. ("Manual" entry mode), X-VAL. ("Semiautomatic" entry mode) and YVAL.
In FieldCare you can enter and view a complete linearization table in one go via the"Linearization Table (online/offline)" function.

102

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 19: MANUFACTURER VIEW  OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  LINEARIZATION – FieldCare
Parameter name

Description

X-VAL. ("Manual" entry
mode)
Entry

Enter the pressure value for the linearization table.
See also LIN. EDIT MODE, LINE-NUMB and Y-VAL.

Slot: 2
Index: 162
X-VAL. ("Semiautomatic"
entry mode)
Display
Slot: 2
Index: 186

Prerequisite:• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table

In the "Semiautomatic" entry mode, the container is filled or emptied in stages. The
X-VAL. displays the measured hydrostatic pressure.
Prerequisite:• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table
FieldCare:
The X-VAL. is saved by confirming the Y-value.
See also LIN. EDIT MODE, LINE-NUMB and Y-VAL.

Y-VAL.
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 163

TABLE EDITOR
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 192

Enter the volume, mass or %-value belonging to the X-VAL. for the linearizationtable.
Prerequisite:• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table
Depending on the setting in the LINd. MEASURAND or COMB. MEASURAND
parameters, enter a volume, mass or %-value here.
See also this table, parameter description for LIN. EDIT MODE, LINE-NUMB, XVAL. ("Manual" entry mode), X-VAL. ("Semiautomatic" entry mode).
Select the function for the editor table.
Options:• Next point: without function• Last input point: without function• Accept input table: save editor table as measuring table. This overwrites the oldmeasuring table.
• Abort: save values entered up to this point for the editor table and display next
parameter. The editor table is not activated as a measuring table.
• Insert point: see example below.
• Delete point: the current point is deleted. See example below.
Example: Add point, in this case between the 4th and 5th point for example– Select point 5 via the LINE NUMB parameter.
– Using the TABLE EDITOR parameter, select the option "Insert point".
– Point 5 is displayed for the LINE NUMB parameter. New values for the X-VAL
and Y-VAL parameters.
Example: delete point, in this case the 5th point for example– Select point 5 via the LINE NUMB parameter.
– Using the TABLE EDITOR parameter, select the option "Delete point".
– The 5th point is deleted. All of the following points are pushed up one number
i.e. following deletion, the 6th point becomes Point 5.
Factory setting:
Next point

ACTIV LIN. TAB. X
Display
Slot: 2
Index: 185

An X-value of the linearization table already saved appears on the display
You can select a point of the linearization table via the LINE-NUMB parameter.
Prerequisite:• TABLE SELECTION = View meas. table
In FieldCare, you can view the entire saved table in the "Linearization Table(online/offline)" window.

ACTIV LIN. TAB. Y
Display
Slot: 2
Index: 193

A Y-value of the linearization table already saved appears on the display
You can select a point of the linearization table via the LINE-NUMB parameter.
Prerequisite:• TABLE SELECTION = View meas. table
In FieldCare, you can view the entire saved table in the "Tables" window.

Endress+Hauser

103Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 19: MANUFACTURER VIEW  OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  LINEARIZATION – FieldCare
Parameter name

Description

TANK DESCRIPTION
Entry

Enter tank description. (Max. 32 alphanumeric characters)
Factory setting:________________________________

Slot: 2
Index: 119

Measured value

1)
GROUP SELECTION

2)QUICK SETUP

2)

MANUFACTURER VIEWPROFILE VIEWOPERATING MENUSETTINGSDISPLAY

Flow measuringmode only

TOTALIZER SETUPPOSITION ADJUSTMENTTOTALIZER 1 UNIT

TOT. 1 USER UNIT*

FACT. U. U. TOTAL. 1*

NEG. FLOW TOT. 1

RESET TOTALIZER 1

TOTALIZER 2 UNIT

TOT. 2 USER UNIT*

FACT. U. U. TOTAL. 2*

1) Display via on-site display only
2) Display via digital communication
marked with an asterisk "*"* Parameters
are not always displayed. The display
depends on the settings of other parameters,
see the following Table.

NEG. FLOW TOT. 2
P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-013

Fig. 36:

TOTALIZER SETUP function group

Table 20: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  TOTALIZER SETUP
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = FlowNote:
See also Page 40 ff, Section 6 "Flow measurement".

‣

104

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 20: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  TOTALIZER SETUP
Parameter name

Description

Select unit for totalizer 1.
Depending on the setting in the FLOW-MEAS. TYPE parameter (Page 92) thisparameter offers a list of volume, norm volume, standard volume and mass units.
When a new volume or mass unit is selected, totalizer-specific parameters areconverted and displayed with the new unit within a unit group. When the flow
Slot: 2
Index: 102, 156, 168, 170, mode is changed, the totalizer value is not converted.
172
The index and the 3-digit ID number depend on the FLOW-MEAS. TYPE selected:
TOTALIZER 1 UNIT
(398), (662), (664), (666)
Selection– Index 102: TOTALIZER 1 UNIT (general)– Index 156 (398): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Volume p. cond."– Index 168 (662): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Mass"– Index 170 (664): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Vol. std. cond."– Index 172 (666): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Vol. norm cond."
Factory setting:m3
TOT. 1 USER UNIT (627)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 106

Enter text (unit) for customer-specific unit for totalizer 1.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
FACT. U. U. TOTAL. 1.
Prerequisite:• TOTALIZER 1 UNIT = User unit
Only the first five characters are shown on the onsite display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the onsite
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. FieldCare accepts units with eight characters at most. The fraction bar(slash) counts as one character.
Factory setting:________

FACT. U. U. TOTAL. 1
(329)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 104

Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific unit for totalizer 1.
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to an appropriate SI unit, e.g. m3
for the "Volume p. cond." FLOW-MEAS. TYPE. See also TOT. 1 USER UNIT.
Prerequisite:• TOTALIZER 1 UNIT = User unit
Example: You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE =1 m3 i 100 buckets– Entry TOT. 1 USER UNIT: bucket– Entry FACT. U. U. TOTAL. 1: 100– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 100 buckets
Factory setting:
1.0

NEG. FLOW TOT. 1 (400)Selection

Specify way of counting negative flows for totalizer 1.

positive flow

negative flow

Inc. on. neg. flow

Total increases

Total increases

Dec. on neg. flow

Total increases

Total decreases

Stop on neg. flow

Total increases

Total remains constant

Slot: 2
Index: 108

Options

P01-xMD7xxxx-16-xx-xx-xx-003

Factory setting:
Positive

Endress+Hauser

105Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 20: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS  TOTALIZER SETUP
Parameter name

Description

RESET TOTALIZER1 (331)Selection

You reset totalizer 1 to zero with this parameter.

Slot: 2
Index: 110

TOTALIZER 2 UNIT
(399), (663), (665), (667)
Selection

Options:• Abort (do not reset)• Reset
Factory setting:
Abort
Select unit for totalizer 2.
See also TOTAL 1. ENG. UNIT.

The index depends on the FLOW-MEAS. TYPE selected:– Index 103: TOTALIZER 2 UNIT (general)
Slot: 2
– Index 157 (399): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Volume p. cond."
Index: 103, 157, 169, 171,
– Index 169 (663): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Mass"173– Index 171 (665): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Vol. std. cond."– Index 173 (667): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Vol. norm cond."
Factory setting:m3
TOT. 2 USER UNIT (628)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 107

FACT. U. U. TOTAL. 2(330)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 105
NEG. FLOW TOT. 2 (416)Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 109

106

Enter text (unit) for customer-specific unit for totalizer 2.
See also TOT. 1 USER UNIT.
Prerequisite:• TOTALIZER 2 UNIT = User unit
Factory setting:________
Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific unit for totalizer 2.
See also FACT. U. U. TOTAL. 1.
Prerequisite:• TOTALIZER 2 UNIT = User unit
Factory setting:
1.0
Specify way of counting negative flows for totalizer 2.
See NEG. FLOW TOT. 1.
Factory setting:
Positive

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Measured value

1)
GROUP SELECTION

2)QUICK SETUP

2)

MANUFACTURER VIEWPROFILE VIEWOPERATING MENUSETTINGSPOSITION ADJUSTMENTDISPLAYTOTALIZER SETUPMENU DESCRIPTION

1) Display via on-site display only
2) Display via digital communication

MAIN DATA FORMATALTERNATE DATALANGUAGE

1)DISPLAY CONTRAST
P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-014

Fig. 37:DISPLAY group

Table 21: OPERATING MENU DISPLAY
Parameter name

Description

MENU DESCRIPTOR (416)Selection

Specify contents for the main line of the onsite display in the measuring mode.
See also Operating Instructions BA00294P (Deltabar S), BA00295P (Cerabar S)
or BA00356P (Deltapilot S), Section 5.1 "Onsite display".

Slot: 0Index: 80

Options:• Primary value (PV)• Main measured value (%)• Pressure• Flow• Level• Tank content• Temperature• Error number• Totalizer 1• Totalizer 2
The selection depends on the measuring mode chosen.
Factory setting:Primary value (PV)

MAIN DATA FORMAT(688)
Selection
Slot: 0Index: 81

Specifies the number of places after the decimal point for the value displayed in themain line.
See also Operating Instructions BA00294P (Deltabar S), BA00295P (Cerabar S)
or BA00356P (Deltapilot S), Section 5.1 "Onsite display".
Options:• Auto• x.x• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx• x.xxxxx
Factory setting:AutoEndress+Hauser

107Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 21: OPERATING MENU DISPLAY
Parameter name

Description

ALTERNATE DATA (423)
Selection

Switch on "Alternating display" mode.

Slot: 0Index: 82

In this display mode, the onsite display alternates between the following measured
values depending on the measuring mode selected.
– Pressure: main measured value (PV) or main measured value (%) (MEASUREDVALUE), pressure (PRESSURE) and temperature (SENSOR TEMP.)– Level: main measured value (PV) or main measured value (%) (MEASUREDVALUE), pressure (PRESSURE) and temperature (SENSOR TEMP.)– Flow: main measured value (PV) or main measured value (%) (MEASUREDVALUE), pressure (PRESSURE), temperature (SENSOR TEMP.), totalizer 1(TOTALIZER 1) and totalizer 2 (TOTALIZER 2)
Options:• Off• On
Factory setting:OffLANGUAGE
Selection
Slot: 0Index: 78

Select the menu language for the onsite display.
• In local operation, the LANGUAGE parameter is arranged directly under GROUPSELECTION (menu path: GROUP SELECTION LANGUAGE, see also Page 43).
• Select the menu language for FieldCare by means of the "Language Button" in theconfiguration window. Select the menu language for the FieldCare frame via the"Extra" menu  "Options"  "Display"  "Language".
Factory setting:EnglishDISPLAY CONTRAST (339) Adjust contrast of onsite display.
Entry
You specify the contrast of the display with a number. Changes are only accepted as
single steps, i.e. to change the value from "8" to "4", you need to save four times. You
can also adjust the contrast of the display by means of the keys on the electronic
Slot: 0insert or at the device.
Index: 79
See also Operating Instructions BA00294P (Deltabar S), BA00295P (Cerabar S)
or BA00356P (Deltapilot S), Section 5.2.3 "Function of operating keys".
Input range:
4...13, 4: contrast weaker (brighter), 13: contrast stronger (darker).
Factory setting:
8108

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Measured value

1)
GROUP SELECTION

2)QUICK SETUP

2)

MANUFACTURER VIEWPROFILE VIEWOPERATING MENU

TRANSMITTERINFO

SETTINGSPOSITION ADJUSTMENTTOTALIZER SETUPPA PARAMETER

TRANSMITTER DATAPROCESS CONNECTIONSENSOR DATAIDENT NUMBER SEL

DEVICE SERIAL No

Pmax PROC. CONN.

SENSOR SER. NO.

SET UNIT TO BUS

ELECTR. SERIAL No

PROC. CONN TYPE

PRESS. SENS LOLIMOUT VALUE

TAG

MAT. PROC. CONN. +PRESS. SEN. HILIMOUT STATUS

ADDITIONAL INFO

MAT. PROC. CONN. –MINIMUM SPAN

DEVICE DESIGNSEAL TYPESENSOR MEAS. TYPE

2ND CYCLIC VALUE

SEL.DISPLAY VAL.

PA INPUT VALUEHARDWARE REV.

MAT. MEMBRANE

SOFTWARE VERSIONFILLING FLUIDCONFIG RECORDER

Tmin SENSORPCB TEMPERATURE

Tmax SENSOR

ALLOWED MIN. TEMPSENSOR H/WARE REV.

BUS ADRESS

COND.STATUS DIAG

1) Display via on-site display only
2) Display via digital communication

ALLOWED MAX. TEMPDIP STATUS
P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-015

Fig. 38:

Endress+Hauser

TRANSMITTER INFO group
For the PA DATA function group, see Page 110, Table 23
For the TRANSMITTER DATA function group, see Page 111, Table 24
For the PROCESS CONNECTION function group, see Page 113, Table 25
For the SENSOR DATA function group, see Page 114, Table 26

109

Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 23: OPERATING MENU  TRANSMITTER INFO  PA DATA
Parameter name

Description

IDENT_NUMBER_SEL.
(990)
Selection

Select device master file (GSD).

Slot: 0Index: 40

Cerabar S:• New Device (0x1541): Device-specific GSD (factory setting)• Old Device (0x1501): Device-specific GSD, device acts like a Cerabar S PMC731,
PMP731, PMC631 or PMP635.  See Operating Instructions BA00168P.
• Profile (0x9700): Profile GSD• Auto. ID Num.
Deltabar S:• New Device (0x1542): Device-specific GSD (factory setting)• Old Device (0x1504): Device-specific GSD, device acts like a Deltabar S FMD230,
FMD630, FMD633, PMD230 or PMD235.  See Operating Instructions
BA00167P.
• Profile (0x9700): Profile GSD• Auto. ID Num.
Deltapilot S:• New Device (0x154F): Device-specific GSD ((factory setting)• Old Device (0x1503): Device-specific GSD, device acts like a Deltapilot S DB50,
DB50L, DB51, DB52 or DB53.  See Operating Instructions BA00164F.
• Profile (0x9700): Profile GSD• Auto. ID Num.

SET UNIT TO BUS (991)
Selection
Slot: 0Index: 61

The onsite display and the MEASURED VALUE parameter display the same value
as standard. The digital output value of the Analog Input Block OUT works
independently of the onsite display or the MEASURED VALUE.
The following operating options are available so that the onsite display, the
MEASURED VALUE and the digital output value display the same value:• Set the values for the upper and lower PV SCALE limit ( see Page 142) and
OUT SCALE (see Page 142) as equal in the Analog Input Block• By means of the SET UNIT TO BUS parameter, confirm the option "On". By
confirming this, the scaling for PV SCALE and OUT SCALE are automatically set
as equal.
If you confirm the SET UNIT TO BUS parameter, please note that a change in thedigital output value can affect the control system.

AI OUT VALUE (992)
Display

Displays the output value of the Analog Input Block.

Slot: 1
Index: 26
AI OUT STATUS (993)
Display

Displays the status of the output value (AI OUT)

Slot: 1
Index: 26
2ND CYCLIC VALUE
Selection
Slot: 0Index: 68

Use this parameter to specify which value is transmitted via the bus as the second
cyclic value.
Options:• Temperature (SENSOR TEMP. see Page 116)
• Sensor Value: corresponds to the SENSOR PRESSURE parameter (see Page
116)
• Trimmed Value: corresponds to the CORRECTED PRESS. parameter ( see Page
116)
• Secondary Value 1: corresponds to the PRESSURE parameter ( see Page 116)
Factory setting:Temperature

110

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 23: OPERATING MENU  TRANSMITTER INFO  PA DATA
Parameter name

Description

SEL. DISPLAY VAL. (995)
Selection

Use this parameter to specify whether the primary value or a value of the PLC isshown on the onsite display.

Slot: 0Index: 63

Options:• Primary value (PV): the primary value is shown on the onsite display.
• PA Input Value: a value from the PLC is shown on the onsite display (see thisTable, PA INPUT VALUE).
Example for the "Input Value" option, Deltabar S:• A Deltabar S measures a volume flow. The temperature and the pressure are alsomeasured at the measuring point at the same time. All these measured values
are sent to a PLC. The PLC calculates the steam mass from the volume flow,
temperature and pressure measured values. Use the "PA Input Value" option toassign this calculated value to the onsite display.
Example for the "Input Value" option, Cerabar S or Deltapilot S:• Two devices measure the pressure drop by means of a filter. The differential
pressure is formed in the PLC. Use the "PA Input Value" option to assign thiscalculated value to the onsite display.
Factory setting:• Primary value (PV)PA INPUT VALUE (996)
Display

The value displayed here is transmitted by the PLC to the device. The PA INPUTVALUE can be displayed on the onsite display (see also this table, SEL. DISPLAY
VAL.).

Slot: 0Index: 62

Factory setting:• 0.0

BUS ADDRESS (998)
Display

Displays the device address in the PROFIBUS PA network
You can configure the address either locally on the electronic insert (hardware
addressing) or via the software (software addressing). Using a DIP switch on theelectronic insert, you specify whether the hardware address or the software
address takes effect.
 For further information on device addressing, see Operating Instructions
BA00294P (Deltabar S), BA00295P (Cerabar S) or BA00356P (Deltapilot S),
Section 5.3.5 "Device identification and addressing".

Slot: 0Index: 59

Factory setting:126
COND.STATUS DIAG (999) Indicates the mode of a device that can be configured for status and diagnostic
Display
behavior.
Slot: 0Index: 43

Options:• Condensed status• Classic status
Factory setting:Condensed status

Table 24: OPERATING MENU  TRANSMITTER INFO  TRANSMITTER DATA
Parameter name

Description

DEVICE SERIAL No (354)
Display

Displays the serial number of the device (11 alphanumeric characters).

Slot: 0Index: 28
ELECTR. SERIAL No (386)Display

Displays the serial number of the main electronics (11 alphanumeric characters).

Slot: 0Index: 97

Endress+Hauser

111Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 24: OPERATING MENU  TRANSMITTER INFO  TRANSMITTER DATA
Parameter name

Description

TAG (988)
Entry

Enter tag name e.g. TAG number (max. 32 alphanumeric characters).

Slot: 0Index: 18
ADDITIONAL INFO (272)
Entry
Slot: 0Index: 36
DEVICE DESIGN. (350)
Display

Factory setting:_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ or as per orderspecifications
Enter tag description (max. 32 alphanumeric characters).
Factory setting:
Empty field or as per order specifications

Displays the device designation and order code.

Slot: 0Index: 69
HARDWARE REV. (266)
Display

Displays the revision number of the main electronics.
e.g.: V02.00.00

Slot: 0Index: 25
SOFTWARE VERSION(264)
Display

Displays the software version.
e.g.: V 04.01.00

Slot: 0Index: 24
CONFIG RECORDER (352)
Display
Slot: 0Index: 74

Displays the configuration counter.
This counter is increased by one with each change to a parameter or group. The
counter counts to 65535 and then starts again at zero. Changes in the parametersof the DISPLAY function group do not increase the counter.

PCB TEMPERATURE (357) Displays the measured temperature of the main electronics.
Display
Slot: 0Index: 98
ALLOWED MIN. TEMP
(358)
Display

Displays the lower temperature limit of the main electronics.

Slot: 0Index: 99
ALLOWED MAX. TEMP
(359)
Display

Displays the upper temperature limit of the main electronics.

Slot: 0Index: 100
DIP STATUS (363)
Display
Slot: 0Index: 41

Displays the status of DIP switch 1 on the electronic insert.
You can lock or unlock parameters relevant to the measured value with DIP switch
1. If operation is locked by means of the INSERT PIN No. parameter, you can only
unlock operation again by means of this parameter. (INSERT PIN No., see Page
122.)
See also Operating Instructions BA00294P (Deltabar S), BA00295P (Cerabar S)
or BA00356P (Deltapilot S), Section 5.7 "Locking/unlocking operation".
Display:• On (locking switched on)• Off (locking switched off)
Factory setting:
Off (locking switched off)

112

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 25: OPERATING MENU  TRANSMITTER INFO  PROCESS CONNECTION
Parameter name

Description

Pmax PROC. CONN. (570)
Entry

For entering and displaying the maximum permitted pressure of the processconnection.

Slot: 2
Index: 101

Factory setting:In accordance with nameplate data (see also Operating Instructions BA00294P(Deltabar S), BA00295P (Cerabar S) or BA00356P (Deltapilot S), Section 2.1.1
nameplate)

PROC. CONN. TYPE (482)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 41

MAT. PROC. CONN. +(360)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 42

For selecting and displaying the process connection type.
Options:• Not used
• Unknown• Special• Oval flange• Thread female• Thread male
• Flange• Remote seal
For selecting and displaying the material of the process connection (P+).
See also parameter description for MAT. PROC. CONN. Options:• Not used
• Unknown• Special• Steel• 304 st. steel• 316 st. steel• Alloy C• Monel• Tantalum• Titanium• PTFE (Teflon)• 316L st. steel• PVC• Inconel• PVDF• ECTFE
Factory setting:As per order specifications

MAT. PROC. CONN. - (361) For selecting and displaying the material of the process connection (P–).
Selection
See also parameter description for MAT. PROC. CONN. +Slot: 2
Index: 150

Endress+Hauser

Prerequisite:• Deltabar S differential pressure transmitter113

Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 25: OPERATING MENU  TRANSMITTER INFO  PROCESS CONNECTION
Parameter name

Description

SEAL TYPE (362)
Selection

For selecting and displaying the material of the process seal.

Slot: 2
Index: 40

Options:• Not used
• Unknown• Special• FKM Viton• NBR• EPDM• Urethane• IIR• Kalrez• FKM Viton oxyg
• CR
• MVQ
• PTFE glass• PTFE graphite• PTFE oxygen• Copper• Copper f. oxygen
Factory setting:As per order specifications

Table 26: OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO SENSOR DATA
Parameter name

Description

SENSOR SER. No. (250)Display

Displays the serial number of the sensor (11 alphanumeric characters).

Slot: 2
Index: 33
PRESS. SENS LOLIM (484)Display

Displays the lower measuring limit of the sensor.

Slot: 2
Index: 26
PRESS. SENS HILIM (485)Display

Displays the upper measuring limit of the sensor.

Slot: 2
Index: 25
MINIMUM SPAN (591)
Display

Displays the smallest possible span.

Slot: 2
Index: 29
SENSOR MEAS.TYPE (581) Displays the sensor type.
Display• Deltabar S = differential• Cerabar S with gauge pressure sensors = relative
Slot: 2• Cerabar S with absolute pressure sensors = absolute
Index: 32• Deltapilot S = relative
MAT. MEMBRANE (365)
Display
Slot: 2
Index: 37

114

Displays the material of the process isolating diaphragm.
Factory setting:As per version in the order code
See also Technical Information TI00382P (Deltapilot S), TI00383P (Cerabar S)
or TI00416P (Deltapilot S), "Ordering information" section.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 26: OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO SENSOR DATA
Parameter name

Description

FILLING FLUID (366)
Display

Displays the filling fluid.

Slot: 2
Index: 38
Tmin SENSOR (368)
Display

Displays the lower nominal temperature limit of the sensor.

Slot: 2
Index: 98
Tmax SENSOR (369)
Display

Displays the upper nominal temperature limit of the sensor.

Slot: 2
Index: 99
SENS H/WARE REV (487)
Display

Displays the revision number of the sensor hardware.
e.g.: 1

Slot: 2
Index: 100

Measured value

1)
GROUP SELECTION

2)QUICK SETUP

2)

MANUFACTURER VIEWPROFILE VIEWOPERATING MENUSETTINGSPOSITION ADJUSTMENTPROCESS INFOTOTALIZER SETUP

PROCESS VALUE

Pressure

SENSOR DATA

Level

Flow

MEASURED VALUEMEASRED VALUE

MEASURED VALUECOUNTER P > Pmax

PRESSURE

PRESSURE

PRESSURE

COUNTER P < Pmin

CORRECTED PRESS.

CORECTED PRESS.

CORECTED PRESS.

MAX. MEAS. PRESS.

SENSOR PRESSURESENSOR PRSSURESENSOR PRSSURE

MIN. MEAS. PRESSSENSOR TEMP.

SENSOR TEMP.

SENSOR TEMP.

COUNTER T > Tmax

MEAS. VAL. TREND

MEAS. VAL. TREND

MEAS. VAL. TRENDCOUNTER T < Tmin

LEVL BEFORE LIN

TOTALIZER 1

MAX. MEAS. TEMP.

TANK CONTENTTOTAL. 1 OVERFLOW

MIN. MEAS. TEMP.

TOTALIZER 2PCB COUNT: T > Tmax

TOTALIZER 2PCB CONUT T < Tmin

TOTAL. 2 OVERFLOWPCB MAX. TEMP.

PCB MIN. TEMP.

1) Display via on-site display only
2) Display via digital communication

Endress+Hauser

RESET PEAKHOLD

115

Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-016

Fig. 39:PROCESSINFO group
For the PROCESS VALUES function group, "Pressure" measuring mode, see Page 116, Table 27
 For the PROCESS VALUES function group, "Level" measuring mode, see Page 116, Table 28
For the PROCESS VALUES function group, "Flow" measuring mode, see Page 117, Table 29
For the PEAK HOLD INDICATOR function group, see Page 119, Table 30

Table 27: OPERATING MENU  PROCESSINFO  PROCESS VALUES "Pressure"
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Pressure
MEASURED VALUE (679)
Display

Displays the measured value
In the "Pressure" measuring mode, this value corresponds to the PRESSURE
parameter.

Slot: 2
Index: 34
PRESSURE (301)
Display
Slot: 2
Index: 45

Displays the measured pressure after sensor recalibration, position adjustment anddamping. This value corresponds to the MEASURED VALUE parameter in the"Pressure" measuring mode.
Transducer Block
Pressure
SensorSensortrim

SENSOR
PRESSURE

Positionadjustment

DampingP

Analog
Input
Block

Level

PV

Flow

MEASUREDVALUE

CORRECTED PRESSURE
PRESS.
P01-xMD7xxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-000

CORRECTED PRESS. (434)Display

Displays the measured pressure after sensor trim and position adjustment andbefore damping. See also PRESSURE diagram.

Slot: 2
Index: 31
SENSOR PRESSURE (584)
Display

Displays the measured pressure before sensor trim, position adjustment anddamping.  See also PRESSURE diagram.

Slot: 2
Index: 24
SENSOR TEMP. (367)
Display

Displays the temperature currently measured in the sensor. This temperature candeviate from the process temperature.

Slot: 2
Index: 43
MEAS. VAL. TREND (378)
Display

Displays the trend of the pressure measured value.
Possibilities: increasing, decreasing, constant

Slot: 2
Index: 92

Table 28: OPERATING MENU  PROCESSINFO  PROCESS VALUES "Level"
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level
MEASURED VALUE (679)
Display
Slot: 2
Index: 34

116

Displays the measured value
In the "Level" measuring mode with "Linear" or "Pressure linearized" level type, thisvalue corresponds to the LEVEL BEFORE LIN parameterIn the "Level" measuring mode with "Height linearized" or "Pressure linearized" level
type, this value corresponds to the TANK CONTENT parameter.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 28: OPERATING MENU  PROCESSINFO  PROCESS VALUES "Level"
Parameter name

Description

PRESSURE (301)
Display

Displays the measured pressure after sensor recalibration, position adjustment anddamping. This value corresponds to the MEASURED VALUE parameter in the"Pressure" measuring mode.

Slot: 2
Index: 45

Transducer Block
Pressure
SensorSensortrim

SENSOR
PRESSURE

Positionadjustment

DampingP

Analog
Input
Block

Level

PV

Flow

MEASUREDVALUE

CORRECTED PRESSURE
PRESS.
P01-xMD7xxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-002

CORRECTED PRESS. (434)Display

Displays the measured pressure after sensor trim and position adjustment andbefore damping. See also PRESSURE diagram.

Slot: 2
Index: 31
SENSOR PRESSURE (584)
Display

Displays the measured pressure before sensor trim, position adjustment anddamping.  See also PRESSURE diagram.

Slot: 2
Index: 24
SENSOR TEMP. (367)
Display

Displays the temperature currently measured in the sensor. This temperature candeviate from the process temperature.

Slot: 2
Index: 43
MEAS. VAL. TREND (378)
Display

Displays the trend of the pressure measured value.
Possibilities: increasing, decreasing, constant

Slot: 2
Index: 92
LEVEL BEFORE LIN (050)
Display
Slot: 2
Index: 142
TANK CONTENT (370)
Display
Slot: 2
Index: 151

Displays the level value prior to linearization.
Prerequisite:• LEVEL MODE = Linear or Height linearized
Depending on the setting for the LIN. MEASURAND or COMB. MEASURAND
parameter, this parameter displays the current level in % or in a unit of level.
Displays the level value after linearization.
Prerequisite:• LEVEL MODE = Pressure linearized or Height linearized
Depending on the settings for the LINd. MEASURAND or COMB. MEASURAND
parameter, the current tank content is displayed in % or in a unit of volume or
mass. This value corresponds to the MEASURED VALUE.

Table 29: OPERATING MENU  PROCESSINFO  PROCESS VALUES "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Flow
MEASURED VALUE (679)
Display
Slot: 2
Index: 34

Endress+Hauser

Displays the measured value
In the "Flow" measuring mode, this value corresponds to the SUPPRESSED FLOW
parameter.

117

Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 29: OPERATING MENU  PROCESSINFO  PROCESS VALUES "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

PRESSURE (301)
Display

Displays the measured pressure after sensor recalibration, position adjustment anddamping. This value corresponds to the MEASURED VALUE parameter in the"Pressure" measuring mode.

Slot: 2
Index: 45

Transducer Block
Pressure
SensorSensortrim

SENSOR
PRESSURE

Positionadjustment

DampingP

Analog
Input
Block

Level

PV

Flow

MEASUREDVALUE

CORRECTED PRESSURE
PRESS.
P01-xMD7xxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-003

CORRECTED PRESS. (434)Display

Displays the measured pressure after sensor trim and position adjustment andbefore damping. See also PRESSURE diagram.

Slot: 2
Index: 31
SENSOR PRESSURE (584)
Display

Displays the measured pressure before sensor trim, position adjustment anddamping.  See also PRESSURE diagram.

Slot: 2
Index: 24
SENSOR TEMP. (367)
Display

Displays the temperature currently measured in the sensor. This temperature candeviate from the process temperature.

Slot: 2
Index: 43
MEAS. VAL. TREND (378)
Display

Displays the trend of the pressure measured value.
Possibilities: increasing, decreasing, constant

Slot: 2
Index: 92
SUPPRESSED FLOW (375)
Display
Slot: 2
Index: 152

Displays the current flow. Depending on the flow mode selected (FLOW-MEAS.
TYPE), a volume flow, mass flow, standard volume flow or corrected volume flow isdisplayed.

TOTALIZER 1 (652)
Display

Displays the total flow value of totalizer 1. You can reset the value with the RESETTOTALIZER 1 parameter. The TOTAL. 1 OVERFLOW parameter displays theoverflow.

Slot: 2
Index: 93

Example: The value 123456789 m3 is displayed as follows:– TOTALIZER 1: 3456789 m3– TOTAL. 1 OVERFLOW: 12 E7

TOTAL. 1 OVERFLOW(655)
Display

Displays the overflow value of totalizer 1.
See also TOTALIZER 1.

Slot: 2
Index: 94
TOTALIZER 2 (657)
Display

Displays the total flow value of totalizer 2. You cannot reset totalizer 2. The TOTAL.
2 OVERFLOW parameter displays the overflow.
See also example for TOTALIZER 1.

Slot: 2
Index: 95

118

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 29: OPERATING MENU  PROCESSINFO  PROCESS VALUES "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

TOTAL. 2 OVERFLOW(658)
Display

Displays the overflow value of totalizer 2.
See also TOTALIZER 2 and example for TOTALIZER 1.

Slot: 2
Index: 96

Table 30: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO  PEAK HOLD INDICATOR
Parameter name

Description

COUNTER:P > Pmax (380)Display

Displays the overpressure counter of the sensor
The limit value is: upper nominal pressure limit of sensor + 10 % of upper nominalpressure limit of sensor. You can reset this counter by means of the RESETPEAKHOLD parameter.

Slot: 2
Index: 89

MAX. MEAS. PRESS. (383) Displays the largest measured pressure value (peak hold indicator). You can reset
Display
this indicator by means of the RESET PEAKHOLD parameter.
Slot: 2
Index: 61
COUNTER P < Pmin (467)
Display
Slot: 2
Index: 88
MIN. MEAS. PRESS. (469)
Display

Displays the vacuum pressure counter of the sensor
The limit value is: lower nominal pressure limit of sensor – 10 % of upper nominalpressure limit of sensor. You can reset this counter by means of the RESETPEAKHOLD parameter.
Displays the smallest measured pressure value (peak hold indicator). You can reset
this indicator by means of the RESET PEAKHOLD parameter.

Slot: 2
Index: 62
COUNTER:T > Tmax (404)Display

Displays the number of times the specified temperature range of the sensor has
been overshot. You can reset this counter by means of the RESET PEAKHOLD
parameter.

Slot: 2
Index: 90
MAX. MEAS. TEMP. (471)
Display

Displays the largest measured temperature in the sensor (peak hold indicator). You
can reset this indicator by means of the RESET PEAKHOLD parameter.

Slot: 2
Index: 63
COUNTER:T < Tmin (472)
Display
Slot: 2
Index: 91
MIN. MEAS. TEMP. (474)
Display

Displays the number of times the specified temperature range of the sensor has
been undershot. You can reset this counter by means of the RESET PEAKHOLD
parameter.

Displays the smallest measured temperature in the sensor (peak hold indicator).
You can reset this indicator by means of the RESET PEAKHOLD parameter.

Slot: 2
Index: 64
PCB COUNT:T > Tmax
(488)
Display

Displays the number of times the specified temperature range of the electronics
has been overshot.

Slot: 0Index: 101

Endress+Hauser

119Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 30: OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO  PEAK HOLD INDICATOR
Parameter name

Description

PCB MAX. TEMP. (490)
Display

Displays the largest electronics temperature measured.

Slot: 0Index: 102
PCB COUNT:T < Tmin
(492)
Display

Displays the number of times the specified temperature range of the electronics
has been undershot.

Slot: 0Index: 103
PCB MIN. TEMP. (494)Display

Displays the smallest electronics temperature measured.

Slot: 0Index: 104
RESET PEAKHOLD (382)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 153

This parameter lists all the peak hold indicator parameters that can be reset. You
can select the peak hold indicators you want to reset.
Options:• None• Max. pressure• Min. pressure• Pmax history• Pmin history• Max. temp.
• Min. temp.
• Tmax history• Tmin history• Reset all
Factory setting:
None

120

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Measured value

1)
GROUP SELECTION

2)QUICK SETUP

2)

MANUFACTURER VIEWPROFILE VIEWOPERATING MENUSETTINGSOPERATIONPOSITION ADJUSTMENTDIAGNOSTICSSIMUALTION MODEMESSAGES

USER LIMITSENTER RESET CODESIMULATION MODE

ALARM STATUS

Pmin ALARM WINDOWOPERATING HOURSILAST DIAG. CODE

Pmax ALARM WINDOWINSERT PIN NO

J

ACK. ALARM MODE

Tmin ALARM WINDOWHistoROM AVAIL.

ACK. ALARM

Tmax ALARM WINDOWDOWNLOAD FUNC.

RESET ALL ALARMS

HistoROM CONTROLERROR NO.

TOTALIZER SETUPSELSECT ALARMTYPE

ALARM DELAY

1) Display via on-site display only
2) Display via digital communication

ALARM DISPL. TIME

I
NonePressure

Flow

Alarm W arning

Tank content

Level

SIM. PRESSURE

SIM. FLOW VALUE

SIM. LEVEL

SIM. TANK CONT.

SIM ERROR NO.

J

J

J

J

J

J

P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-017

Fig. 40:OPERATING and DIAGNOSTICS group
For the OPERATING group, see Page 121, Table 31
For the SIMULATION function group, see Page 123, Table 32
For the MESSAGES function group, see Page 124, Table 33
 For the USER LIMITS function group, see Page 126, Table 34

Table 31: OPERATING MENU OPERATING
Parameter name

Description

ENTER RESET CODE (047)
Entry

Reset parameters completely or partially to factory values or delivery status.
See also Operating Instructions BA00294P (Deltabar S), BA00295P (Cerabar S)
or BA00356P (Deltapilot S), Section 5.8 "Factory setting" (reset).

Slot: 0Index: 35
OPERATING HOURS (409)
Display

Factory setting:0
Displays the hours of operation. This parameter cannot be reset.

Slot: 0Index: 75

Endress+Hauser

121

Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 31: OPERATING MENU OPERATING
Parameter name

Description

INSERT PIN NO (048)
Entry

For entering a code to lock or unlock operation.

Slot: 0Index: 34• The-symbol on the onsite display indicates that operation is locked.
Parameters which refer to how the display appears, e.g. LANGUAGE andDISPLAY CONTRAST can still be altered.
• If operation is locked by means of the DIP-switch, you can only unlock operation
again by means of the DIP-switch. If operation is locked by means of the onsite
display or remote operation e.g. FieldCare, you can unlock operation again bymeans of the onsite display or using remote operation.
See also Operating Instructions BA00294P (Deltabar S), BA00295P (Cerabar S)
or BA00356P (Deltapilot S), Section 5.7 "Locking/unlocking operation".
Options:• Lock: enter the number 0.
• Unlock: enter the number 2457.
Factory setting:
2457

HistoROM AVAIL. (831)
Display
Slot: 0Index: 94

DOWNLOAD FUNCT.
(014)
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 107

Indicates whether the optional HistoROM®/M-DAT memory module is connectedto the electronic insert.
See also Operating Instructions BA00294P (Deltabar S), BA00295P (Cerabar S)
or BA00356P (Deltapilot S), Section 5.6 "HistoROM®/M-DAT (optional)".
Options:• Yes (HistoROM®/M-DAT is attached to the electronic insert)• No (HistoROM®/M-DAT is not attached to the electronic insert)
Select download function from HistoROM to device. The selection has no effect on
an upload from the device to the HistoROM.
Prerequisite:• A HistoROM®/M-DAT is attached to the electronic insert(HistoROM AVAIL. = yes)
Options:• Configuration copy: For this option, all parameters apart from the DEVICESERIAL No, DEVICE DESIGN., and the parameters of the POSITION
ADJUSTMENT and PROCESS CONNECTION group are overwritten.
• Device replacement: With this option, all parameters except for DEVICE SERIAL
No, DEVICE DESIGN. and the parameters of the POSITION ADJUSTMENT and
PROCESS CONNECTION group are overwritten.
• Electronics replace: With this option, all parameters except for the parameters of
the POSITION ADJUSTMENT group are overwritten.
Factory setting:
Copy config. (if HistoROM®/M-DAT is attached to the electronic insert)

HistoROM CONTROL (832) For selecting the direction for copying the data.
Selection
See also Operating Instructions BA00294P (Deltabar S), BA00295P (Cerabar S)
or BA00356P (Deltapilot S), Section 5.6. "HistoROM®/M-DAT (optional)".
Slot: 0Prerequisite:
Index: 96• A HistoROM®/M-DAT is attached to the electronic insert(HistoROM AVAIL. = yes)
Options:• Abort• HistoROM Device• Device HistoROM
Factory setting:Abort (if HistoROM®/M-DAT is connected to the electronic insert)

122

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 32: OPERATING MENU  DIAGNOSTICS  SIMULATION
Parameter name

Description

SIMULATION MODE (413) Switch on simulation and select simulation type.
Selection
Any simulation running is switched off if the measuring mode or level type ischanged.
Slot: 2
Options:
Index: 87• None• Pressure, see also this table parameter description for SIM. PRESSURE• Flow (only differential pressure transmitter), see also this table parameter
description for SIM. FLOW VALUE• Level, see also this table parameter description for SIM. LEVEL• Tank content, see also this table parameter description for SIM. TANK CONT.
• Alarm/warning, see also this table parameter description for SIM. ERROR NO.
Transducer Block– Simulation value level– Simulation value tank content

Pressure
SensorSensortrim

Positionadjustment

DampingP

Analog
Input
Block

Level

PV

Flow

MEASURED
VALUE

Simulation value pressure
Simulationvalue flow
P01-xMD7xxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-004

Factory setting:
NoneSIM. PRESSURE (414)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 205

SIM.FLOW VALUE (639)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 165
SIM. LEVEL (714)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 182
SIM. TANK CONT. (715)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 183

Endress+HauserEnter simulation value.
See also SIMULATION MODE.
Prerequisite:• SIMULATION MODE = Pressure
Factory setting:Current pressure measured valueEnter simulation value.
See also SIMULATION MODE.
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Flow and SIMULATION MODE = FlowEnter simulation value.
See also SIMULATION MODE.
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level and SIMULATION MODE = Level
Enter simulation value.
See also SIMULATION MODE.
Prerequisites:• MEASURING MODE = Level, LEVEL MODE = Pressure linearized and
SIMULATION MODE = Tank content• MEASURING MODE = Level, LEVEL MODE = Height linearized and
SIMULATION MODE = Tank content

123Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 32: OPERATING MENU  DIAGNOSTICS  SIMULATION
Parameter nameSIM. ERROR NO. (476)
Entry
Slot: 0Index: 76

Description!

CAUTION

Note Dependencies when setting parameters!
The SIMULATION parameter overwrites actual fault conditions that occur(alarm/warning). If the simulated error is identical to an actual error that has
occurred and simulation is quit, the fault conditions (alarm/warning) are stillpresent but are no longer displayed! The device resumes its fault condition
following a restart.

‣

Enter message number.
See also SIMULATION MODE.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 9.1 "Messages", "Code" table
column.
Prerequisite:• SIMULATION MODE = Alarm/Warning
Factory setting:
613 (simulation active)

Table 33: OPERATING MENU  DIAGNOSTICS  MESSAGESParameter name

Description

ALARM STATUS (046)
Display

Displays the current messages present. See also these Operating Instructions,
Section 9.1. "Messages" and Section 9.3 "Confirming messages".

Slot: 0Index: 54

Onsite display• The measured value display shows the message with the highest priority.
• The ALARM STATUS parameter shows all the messages in descending order ofpriority. You can scroll through all the messages present with the O or S key.
FieldCare• The ALARM STATUS parameter shows the message with the highest priority.

LAST DIAG. CODE (564)
Display
Slot: 0Index: 55

Displays the last messages that occurred and were eliminated.
• Onsite display: you can scroll through the last 15 messages with the O or S key.
• FieldCare: the last message appears on the display.
• Use the RESET ALL ALARMS parameter to delete the messages listed in the
LAST DIAG. CODE parameter.

ACK. ALARM MODE (401) Switch on acknowledge alarm mode.
Selection
See also ACK. ALARM.
Slot: 0Index: 85

Options:• On• Off
Factory setting:
Off

ACK. ALARM (500)
Selection
Slot: 0Index: 86

Acknowledge alarm.
Prerequisite:• ACK. ALARM MODE = On
Options:• Abort• Confirm
The cause of the alarm must be eliminated, the message must be acknowledged via
the ACK. ALARM parameter and, where applicable, the ALARM DISPL. TIME (Page 125) has to have elapsed before the device starts measuring again following
an alarm.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 9.3 "Confirming messages".
Factory setting:
Abort

124

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 33: OPERATING MENU  DIAGNOSTICS  MESSAGESParameter name

Description

RESET ALL ALARMS (603) Use this parameter to reset all the messages of the LAST DIAG. CODE parameter.
Selection
Options:• AbortSlot: 0• Confirm
Index: 65
Factory setting:
Abort
ERROR NO.
Entry
Slot: 0Index: 88
SELECT ALARM TYPE(595) – Entry(600) – Selection
Selection
Slot: 0Index: 87

For "Error"-type messages, you can decide whether the device should behave as in
the event of an alarm (A) or as in the event of a warning (W). Enter thecorresponding message number for this parameter. See also SELECTALARMTYPE.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 9.1 "Messages" and Section 9.2"Response of outputs to errors".
For "Error"-type messages, you can decide whether the device should behave as in
the event of an alarm (A) or as in the event of a warning (W). See also ERROR
No.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 9.2 "Response of outputs toerrors".
Options:• Alarm (A): the process variable in question is transmitted with the status BAD.
• Warning (W): device continues measuring
Operation onsite:
1. Enter the corresponding message number for ERROR No. field.
2. Select "Alarm" or "Warning" option.
FieldCare:
1. Enter the corresponding message number via the ERROR No. parameter.
2. Use the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameter to select the "Alarm" or "Warning"
option.
Individual "Error-type" messages can also be set via FieldCare in the menu path
"PROFILE VIEW  PHYSICAL BLOCK  PB PARAMETER  PB STATUS CONFIG".
The STATUS SELECT EVENT parameters allow you to set the status to Good,
Uncertain or Bad if a message occurs.

ALARM DELAY (336)
Entry
Slot: 0Index: 89

Enter the alarm response time for all "Error"-type messages.
There is no alarm if the cause of the error is eliminated within the alarm delay
time.
Input range:
0...100 s
Factory setting:
0.0 s

ALARM DISPL. TIME (480) Enter alarm display time. Once the cause of the error is rectified, the alarm display
Entry
time starts running.
Slot: 0Index: 90

The following applies if the setting for ACK. ALARM MODE = on:
If an alarm appears and the alarm display time elapses before the alarm has been
acknowledged, the message will be cleared once it has been acknowledged.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 9.3 "Confirming messages".
Input range:
0...999.9 s
Factory setting:
0.0 sEndress+Hauser

125Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 34: OPERATING MENU  DIAGNOSTICS  USER LIMITSParameter name

Description

Pmin ALARM WINDOW
(332)
Entry

Customer-specific process monitoring – enter lower pressure limit.
You can use the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameter to enter how the device responds
if the operating pressure undershoots the specified value.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 9.1 "Messages", table, Code E730
and Section 9.2. "Response of outputs to errors".

Slot: 2
Index: 82

Pmax ALARM WINDOW
(333)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 83

Tmin ALARM WINDOW
(334)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 84

Tmax ALARM WINDOW
(335)
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 85

126

Factory setting:
Low sensor limit 110 %(For the low sensor limit, see PRESS. SENS LOLIM.)
Customer-specific process monitoring – enter upper pressure limit.
You can use the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameter to enter how the device responds
if the operating pressure undershoots the specified value.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 9.1 "Messages", table, Code E731
and Section 9.2. "Response of outputs to errors".
Factory setting:High sensor limit 110 %(For the high sensor limit, see PRESS. SENS HILIM.)
Customer-specific process monitoring – enter lower temperature limit.
You can use the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameter to enter how the device responds
if the operating pressure undershoots the specified value.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 9.1 "Messages", table, Code E732
and Section 9.2. "Response of outputs to errors".
Factory setting:Lower sensor temperature application limit – 10 K
(For the lower temperature application limit, see Tmin SENSOR)
Customer-specific process monitoring – enter upper temperature limit.
You can use the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameter to enter how the device responds
if the operating pressure undershoots the specified value.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 9.1 "Messages", table, Code E733
and Section 9.2. "Response of outputs to errors".
Factory setting:Upper sensor temperature application limit +10 K(For the upper temperature application limit, see Tmax SENSOR)

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Measured value

OPERATING MODE

MANUFACTURER VIEWPROFILE VIEWPHYSICAL BLOCKPB STANDARD PARAM.

PB PARAMETERGERÄTPROFIBUS PA INFOPROFIBUS PA KONF

PA INPUT VALUEPA INPUT VALUE

1)BLOCK OBJECTSTATUSSOFTWARE VERSIONPROFILE REVISIONIDENT NUMBER SEL

MODE BLK

HARDWARE REVIDENT NUMBER

COND.STATUS DIAG.

STATIC REVISION NO.

MANUFACTOR ID

BUS

TAG

DEVICE NAME STR

PA INPUT VALUESTRATEGY

DEVICE SERIAL No

ALERT KEY

ADDITIONAL INFO.

TARGET MODE

USER DESCRIPTION.

1)COM.STAT1)
1)
1)
ALARM SUM

1)
INSTALLATION DATE1)FEATURE.

UP/DOWNLOAD FEAT.

2)
3RD CYCLIC VALUECERTIFICATESPV STATUS CONFIGPB DIAGNOSISDEVICE CERTIFICATION

DEVICE DESIGN.

DIAGNOSESTATUS SELECT EVENTDIAGNOSIS EXTENS.

...

1) Parameter group (Data type: Record)2) Deltabar S only

STATUS SELECT EVENT

P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-018

Fig. 41:

Endress+Hauser

PHYSICAL BLOCK group (Display only via digital communication)
For the function group PB STANDARD PARAM., see Page 128, Table 35
For the function group PB PARAMETER DEVICE, see Page 129, Table 36
For the function group PB PARAMETER PROFIBUS PA INFO, see Page 130, Table 37
For the function group PB PARAMETER PROFIBUS PA CONF, see Page 131, Table 38
For the function group PB PARAMETER PA INPUT VALUE, see Page 132, Table 39
For the function group PB PARAMETER CERTIFICATES, see Page 132, Table 40
For the function group PB PARAMETER PV STATUS CONFIG, see Page 132, Table 41
For the function group PB PARAMETER PB DIAGNOSE, see Page 136, Table 42127

Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 35: PROFILE VIEW  PHYSICAL BLOCK PB STANDARD PARAMETER
Parameter name

Description

BLOCK OBJECT
Display

The BLOCK OBJECT parameter is a structured parameter consisting of 12 elements.
This parameter describes the characteristics of the Physical Block.

Slot: 0Index: 16

RESERVED PROFILE PARAMETER• 250 = Is not used
BLOCK OBJECT• 1 = Physical Block
PARENT CLASS• 1 = Transmitter
CLASS• 250 = Is not used
DEVICE REV• Dev. Rev. 3
DD REVISION• Is not supported by Profiles 3.0
DEVICE REV. COMP
• 3
PROFILE• Number of the PROFIBUS PA profile within the PNO• 0x40, 0x02 (compact class B)
PROFILE REVISION• Displays the profile version, here: 0x302 (Profiles 3.02)
EXECUTION TIME
• Is not supported by Profiles 3.0
NO. OF PARAMETER• Parameter number of the Physical Block, here: 115
INDEX OF VIEW 1• Address of the VIEW_1 parameter, here: 0x0, 0x131
NUMBER OF VIEW LISTS• 1 = The Block contains one "View object".

MODE BLK
Display
Slot: 0Index: 22

The MODE BLK parameter is a structured parameter consisting of three elements.
PROFIBUS makes a distinction between the following block modes: automatic
mode (Auto), manual user intervention (MAN) and out of service (O/S). The
Physical Block only works in the "Automatic (Auto)" mode.
ACTUAL• Displays the current block mode.
• Factory setting: Automatic (Auto)
PERMITTED• Displays the modes supported by the block.
• Factory setting: 8 = Automatic (Auto)
NORMAL• Displays the normal operating mode of the block.
• Factory setting: Automatic (Auto)

STATIC REVISION NO.
Display
Index: 0
Slot: 17
TAG
Entry
Slot: 0Index: 18

128

Displays the counter for static parameters of the Physical Block
The counter is incremented by one with each change of a static parameter of the
Physical Block. The counter counts to 65535 and then starts again at zero.
Factory setting:0Enter tag name e.g. TAG number (max. 32 alphanumeric characters).
The parameter is also displayed in the TRANSMITTER DATA group ( see
Page 112).
Factory setting:_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ or as per orderspecifications

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 35: PROFILE VIEW  PHYSICAL BLOCK PB STANDARD PARAMETER
Parameter name

Description

STRATEGY
Entry

Enter user-specific value for grouping and thus faster evaluation of the blocks.
Grouping takes place by entering the same numerical value for the STRATEGY
parameter of the block in question. See also STRATEGY parameter, Transducer
Block (Page 138) and Analog Input Block (Page 141).

Slot: 0Index: 19

Input range:
0...65535
Factory setting:0

ALERT KEY
Entry
Slot: 0Index: 20

Enter user-specific value (e.g. identification number of the plant unit).
This information can be used by the control system to sort alarms and events thatare generated by this block.
Input range:
0...255
Factory setting:
0

TARGET MODE
Selection

Select desired block mode. Only the "Automatic (Auto)" mode can be selected for
the Physical Block.

Slot: 0Index: 21

Options:• Automatic (Auto)• Out of service O/S
Factory setting:Automatic (Auto)

ALARM SUM
Display
Slot: 0Index: 23

The ALARM SUM parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four elements.
CURRENT STATE ALARM SUM• Displays the current alarms.
• Factory setting: 0x0, 0x0

Table 36: PROFILE VIEW  PHYSICAL BLOCK PB PARAMETER DEVICE
Parameter name

Description

SOFTWARE VERSION
Display

Displays the software version.
e.g.: V04.01.00

Slot: 0Index: 24
HARDWARE REV.
Display

Displays the revision number of the main electronics.
e.g.: V02.00.00

Slot: 0Index: 25
MANUFACTURER ID
Display

Displays the manufacturer ID in decimal numerical format.
Here: 17 Endress+Hauser

Slot: 0Index: 26
DEVICE NAME STR
Display

Displays the device designation.
Options: Cerabar S, Deltabar S or Deltapilot S

Slot: 0Index: 27
DEVICE SERIAL No.
Display

Displays the serial number of the device (11 alphanumeric characters).

Slot: 0Index: 28

Endress+Hauser

129

Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 36: PROFILE VIEW  PHYSICAL BLOCK PB PARAMETER DEVICE
Parameter name

Description

ADDITIONAL INFO.
Entry

Enter tag description (max. 32 alphanumeric characters).

Slot: 0Index: 36

Factory setting:
Empty field or as per order specifications

USER DESCRIPTION
Entry

Enter user-specific message, e.g. a description of the device within the applicationor system (max. 32 alphanumeric characters).

Slot: 0Index: 37

Factory setting:________________________________or as per order specifications

INSTALLATION DATE
Entry
Slot: 0Index: 38
FEATURE
Display
Slot: 0Index: 42

Enter device installation date (max. 16 alphanumeric characters).
Factory setting:
Empty field

Displays optional features implemented in the device, and the status of thesefeatures. It indicates whether the feature is supported or not.
The settings are based on the actual identification number of the device.
In the "Ident_Number" profile, the features for the "Classic" and "Condensed" statuses
are supported and set.
Only the "Classic" status is supported in the compatibility mode (old identification
number). Only the "Condensed" status is supported with the new identification
number.

UP/DOWNLOAD FEATURE Information for operating programs, such as FieldCare, that binary upload/
Display
download is supported.
Slot: 0Index: 56
3RD CYCLIC VALUE
Selection
Slot: 0Index: 93

Use this parameter to specify which value is transmitted via the bus as the third
cyclic value.
Prerequisite:• Deltabar S
Options:• Totalizer 1 ( see Page 118)
• Totalizer 2 ( see Page 118)
Factory setting:Totalizer 1

Table 37: PROFILE VIEW  PHYSICAL BLOCK PB PARAMETER PROFIBUS PA INFO
Parameter name

Description

PROFILE REVISION
Display

Displays the profile version, here: 3.02.

Slot: 0Index: 64

130

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 37: PROFILE VIEW  PHYSICAL BLOCK PB PARAMETER PROFIBUS PA INFO
Parameter name

Description

IDENT-NUMBER
Display

Displays the device ID number and the selected device master file (GSD).
Select the device master file (GSD) by means of the IDENT NUMBER SEL parameter( see Page 131).

Slot: 0Index: 66

Options for Deltabar S:• 0x9700: Profile GSD• 0x1542: Device-specific GSD (factory setting)• 0x1504: Device-specific GSD, device acts like a Deltabar S FMD230, FMD630,
FMD633, PMD230 or PMD235.  See Operating Instructions BA00167P.
Options for Cerabar S:• 0x9700: Profile GSD• 0x1541: Device-specific GSD (factory setting)• 0x1501: Device-specific GSD, device acts like a Cerabar S PMC731, PMP731,
PMC631 or PMP635.  See Operating Instructions BA00168P.
Options for Deltapilot S:• 0x9700: Profile GSD• 0x154F: Device-specific GSD (factory setting)• 0x1503: Device-specific GSD, device acts like a Deltapilot S DB50, DB50L, DB51,
DB52 or DB53.  See Operating Instructions BA00164F.

Table 38: PROFILE VIEW  PHYSICAL BLOCK PB PARAMETER PROFIBUS PA CONF
Parameter name

Description

IDENT_NUMBER_SEL
Selection

Select device master file (GSD).

Slot: 0Index: 40

Cerabar S:• 0x9700: Profile GSD• 0x1541: Device-specific GSD (factory setting)• 0x1501: Device-specific GSD, device acts like a Cerabar S PMC731, PMP731,
PMC631 or PMP635.  See Operating Instructions BA00168P.
Deltabar S:• 0x9700: Profile GSD• 0x1542: Device-specific GSD (factory setting)• 0x1504: Device-specific GSD, device acts like a Deltabar S FMD230, FMD630,
FMD633, PMD230 or PMD235.  See Operating Instructions BA00167P.
Deltapilot S:• 0x9700: Profile GSD• 0x154F: Device-specific GSD (factory setting)• 0x1503: Device-specific GSD, device acts like a Deltapilot S DB50, DB50L, DB51,
DB52 or DB53.  See Operating Instructions BA00164F.

COND.STATUS DIAG
Display

Indicates the mode of a device that can be configured for status and diagnostic
behavior.

Slot: 0Index: 43

Options:• Condensed status• Classic status
Factory setting:Condensed status

BUS ADDRESS
Display
Slot: 0Index: 59

Displays the device address in the PROFIBUS PA network
You can configure the address either locally on the electronic insert (hardware
addressing) or via the software (software addressing). Using a DIP switch on theelectronic insert, you specify whether the hardware address or the software
address takes effect.
 For further information on device addressing, see Operating Instructions
BA00294P (Deltabar S), BA00295P (Cerabar S) or BA00356P (Deltapilot S).
Factory setting:126

Endress+Hauser

131Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 39: PROFILE VIEW  PHYSICAL BLOCK PB PARAMETER PA INPUT VALUE
Parameter name

Description

PA INPUT VALUE
Display

The PA INPUT VALUE parameter is a structured parameter consisting of threeelements.
The value and status displayed here are transmitted by the PLC to the device. The
PA INPUT VALUE can be displayed on the onsite display (see also this table,
SEL. DISPLAY VAL.).

Slot: 0Index: 62

VALUE• Factory setting: 0.0000000
STATUS• Factory setting: 0
COM_STAT• This element indicates whether a value is sent by the PLC to the device.
0: The PLC does not send any value with a status to the device.
1: The PLC sends a value with a status to the device.
• Factory setting: 0

Table 40: PROFILE VIEW  PHYSICAL BLOCK PB PARAMETER CERTIFICATES
Parameter name

Description

DEVICE CERTIFICATION
Display

Displays the certificate.

Slot: 0Index: 33

Table 41: PROFILE VIEW  PHYSICAL BLOCK PB PARAMETER PV STATUS CONFIG
Parameter name

Description

STATUS SELECT EVENT
115

This parameter defines the status of the process value or the configured measuring
channel in the Transducer Block if error event 115 occurs.
See also ERROR No./SELECT ALARMTYPE.
See also these Operating Instructions, Kap. 9.2 "Response of outputs to errors".

Slot: 0Index: 111
Data type: enumerated
Access: read, write

Options:• Bad: The process value or the measuring channel is transmitted with the status
BAD.
• Uncertain: Device continues measuring. The process value or the measuring
channel is transmitted with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Good: Device continues measuring within its physical limits. The process value or
the measuring channel is transmitted with the status GOOD.
A parameter change will automatically update the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameterfor diagnostic event 115. The GOOD and UNCERTAIN options are displayed as awarning.

STATUS SELECT EVENT
120
Slot: 0Index: 112
Data type: enumerated
Access: read, write

This parameter defines the status of the process value or the configured measuring
channel in the Transducer Block if error event 120 occurs.
See also ERROR No./SELECT ALARMTYPE.
See also these Operating Instructions, Kap. 9.2 "Response of outputs to errors".
Options:• Bad: The process value or the measuring channel is transmitted with the status
BAD.
• Uncertain: Device continues measuring. The process value or the measuring
channel is transmitted with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Good: Device continues measuring within its physical limits. The process value or
the measuring channel is transmitted with the status GOOD.
A parameter change will automatically update the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameterfor diagnostic event 120. The GOOD and UNCERTAIN options are displayed as awarning.

132

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 41: PROFILE VIEW  PHYSICAL BLOCK PB PARAMETER PV STATUS CONFIG
Parameter name

Description

STATUS SELECT EVENT
715

This parameter defines the status of the process value or the configured measuring
channel in the Transducer Block if error event 715 occurs.
See also ERROR No./SELECT ALARMTYPE.
See also these Operating Instructions, Kap. 9.2 "Response of outputs to errors".

Slot: 0Index: 118
Data type: enumerated
Access: read, write

Options:• Bad: The process value or the measuring channel is transmitted with the status
BAD.
• Uncertain: Device continues measuring. The process value or the measuring
channel is transmitted with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Good: Device continues measuring within its physical limits. The process value or
the measuring channel is transmitted with the status GOOD.
A parameter change will automatically update the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameterfor diagnostic event 715. The GOOD and UNCERTAIN options are displayed as awarning.

STATUS SELECT EVENT
717
Slot: 0Index: 120
Data type: enumerated
Access: read, write

This parameter defines the status of the process value or the configured measuring
channel in the Transducer Block if error event 717 occurs.
See also ERROR No./SELECT ALARMTYPE.
See also these Operating Instructions, Kap. 9.2 "Response of outputs to errors".
Options:• Bad: The process value or the measuring channel is transmitted with the status
BAD.
• Uncertain: Device continues measuring. The process value or the measuring
channel is transmitted with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Good: Device continues measuring within its physical limits. The process value or
the measuring channel is transmitted with the status GOOD.
A parameter change will automatically update the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameterfor diagnostic event 717. The GOOD and UNCERTAIN options are displayed as awarning.

STATUS SELECT EVENT
718
Slot: 0Index: 121
Data type: enumerated
Access: read, write

This parameter defines the status of the process value or the configured measuring
channel in the Transducer Block if error event 718 occurs.
See also ERROR No./SELECT ALARMTYPE.
See also these Operating Instructions, Kap. 9.2 "Response of outputs to errors".
Options:• Bad: The process value or the measuring channel is transmitted with the status
BAD.
• Uncertain: Device continues measuring. The process value or the measuring
channel is transmitted with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Good: Device continues measuring within its physical limits. The process value or
the measuring channel is transmitted with the status GOOD.
A parameter change will automatically update the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameterfor diagnostic event 718. The GOOD and UNCERTAIN options are displayed as awarning.

STATUS SELECT EVENT
719
Slot: 0Index: 119
Data type: enumerated
Access: read, write

This parameter defines the status of the process value or the configured measuring
channel in the Transducer Block if error event 719 occurs.
See also ERROR No./SELECT ALARMTYPE.
See also these Operating Instructions, Kap. 9.2 "Response of outputs to errors".
Options:• Bad: The process value or the measuring channel is transmitted with the status
BAD.
• Uncertain: Device continues measuring. The process value or the measuring
channel is transmitted with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Good: Device continues measuring within its physical limits. The process value or
the measuring channel is transmitted with the status GOOD.
A parameter change will automatically update the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameterfor diagnostic event 719. The GOOD and UNCERTAIN options are displayed as awarning.

Endress+Hauser

133

Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 41: PROFILE VIEW  PHYSICAL BLOCK PB PARAMETER PV STATUS CONFIG
Parameter name

Description

STATUS SELECT EVENT
726

This parameter defines the status of the process value or the configured measuring
channel in the Transducer Block if error event 726 occurs.
See also ERROR No./SELECT ALARMTYPE.
See also these Operating Instructions, Kap. 9.2 "Response of outputs to errors".

Slot: 0Index: 117
Data type: enumerated
Access: read, write

Options:• Bad: The process value or the measuring channel is transmitted with the status
BAD.
• Uncertain: Device continues measuring. The process value or the measuring
channel is transmitted with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Good: Device continues measuring within its physical limits. The process value or
the measuring channel is transmitted with the status GOOD.
A parameter change will automatically update the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameterfor diagnostic event 726. The GOOD and UNCERTAIN options are displayed as awarning.

STATUS SELECT EVENT
727
Slot: 0Index: 110
Data type: enumerated
Access: read, write

This parameter defines the status of the process value or the configured measuring
channel in the Transducer Block if error event 727 occurs.
See also ERROR No./SELECT ALARMTYPE.
See also these Operating Instructions, Kap. 9.2 "Response of outputs to errors".
Options:• Bad: The process value or the measuring channel is transmitted with the status
BAD.
• Uncertain: Device continues measuring. The process value or the measuring
channel is transmitted with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Good: Device continues measuring within its physical limits. The process value or
the measuring channel is transmitted with the status GOOD.
A parameter change will automatically update the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameterfor diagnostic event 727. The GOOD and UNCERTAIN options are displayed as awarning.

STATUS SELECT EVENT
730
Slot: 0Index: 114
Data type: enumerated
Access: read, write

This parameter defines the status of the process value or the configured measuring
channel in the Transducer Block if error event 730 occurs.
See also ERROR No./SELECT ALARMTYPE.
See also these Operating Instructions, Kap. 9.2 "Response of outputs to errors".
Options:• Bad: The process value or the measuring channel is transmitted with the status
BAD.
• Uncertain: Device continues measuring. The process value or the measuring
channel is transmitted with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Good: Device continues measuring within its physical limits. The process value or
the measuring channel is transmitted with the status GOOD.
A parameter change will automatically update the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameterfor diagnostic event 730. The GOOD and UNCERTAIN options are displayed as awarning.

STATUS SELECT EVENT
731
Slot: 0Index: 113
Data type: enumerated
Access: read, write

This parameter defines the status of the process value or the configured measuring
channel in the Transducer Block if error event 731 occurs.
See also ERROR No./SELECT ALARMTYPE.
See also these Operating Instructions, Kap. 9.2 "Response of outputs to errors".
Options:• Bad: The process value or the measuring channel is transmitted with the status
BAD.
• Uncertain: Device continues measuring. The process value or the measuring
channel is transmitted with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Good: Device continues measuring within its physical limits. The process value or
the measuring channel is transmitted with the status GOOD.
A parameter change will automatically update the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameterfor diagnostic event 731. The GOOD and UNCERTAIN options are displayed as awarning.

134

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 41: PROFILE VIEW  PHYSICAL BLOCK PB PARAMETER PV STATUS CONFIG
Parameter name

Description

STATUS SELECT EVENT
732

This parameter defines the status of the process value or the configured measuring
channel in the Transducer Block if error event 732 occurs.
See also ERROR No./SELECT ALARMTYPE.
See also these Operating Instructions, Kap. 9.2 "Response of outputs to errors".

Slot: 0Index: 116
Data type: enumerated
Access: read, write

Options:• Bad: The process value or the measuring channel is transmitted with the status
BAD.
• Uncertain: Device continues measuring. The process value or the measuring
channel is transmitted with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Good: Device continues measuring within its physical limits. The process value or
the measuring channel is transmitted with the status GOOD.
A parameter change will automatically update the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameterfor diagnostic event 732. The GOOD and UNCERTAIN options are displayed as awarning.

STATUS SELECT EVENT733
Slot: 0Index: 115
Data type: enumerated
Access: read, write

This parameter defines the status of the process value or the configured measuring
channel in the Transducer Block if error event 733 occurs.
See also ERROR No./SELECT ALARMTYPE.
See also these Operating Instructions, Kap. 9.2 "Response of outputs to errors".
Options:• Bad: The process value or the measuring channel is transmitted with the status
BAD.
• Uncertain: Device continues measuring. The process value or the measuring
channel is transmitted with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Good: Device continues measuring within its physical limits. The process value or
the measuring channel is transmitted with the status GOOD.
A parameter change will automatically update the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameterfor diagnostic event 733. The GOOD and UNCERTAIN options are displayed as awarning.

STATUS SELECT EVENT
740
Slot: 0Index: 122
Data type: enumerated
Access: read, write

This parameter defines the status of the process value or the configured measuring
channel in the Transducer Block if error event 740 occurs.
See also ERROR No./SELECT ALARMTYPE.
See also these Operating Instructions, Kap. 9.2 "Response of outputs to errors".
Options:• Bad: The process value or the measuring channel is transmitted with the status
BAD.
• Uncertain: Device continues measuring. The process value or the measuring
channel is transmitted with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Good: Device continues measuring within its physical limits. The process value or
the measuring channel is transmitted with the status GOOD.
A parameter change will automatically update the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameterfor diagnostic event 740. The GOOD and UNCERTAIN options are displayed as awarning.

STATUS SELECT EVENT
716
Slot: 0Index: 123
Data type: enumerated
Access: read, write

This parameter defines the status of the process value or the configured measuring
channel in the Transducer Block if error event 716 occurs.
See also ERROR No./SELECT ALARMTYPE.
See also these Operating Instructions, Kap. 9.2 "Response of outputs to errors".
Options:• Bad: The process value or the measuring channel is transmitted with the status
BAD.
• Uncertain: Device continues measuring. The process value or the measuring
channel is transmitted with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Good: Device continues measuring within its physical limits. The process value or
the measuring channel is transmitted with the status GOOD.
A parameter change will automatically update the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameterfor diagnostic event 716. The GOOD and UNCERTAIN options are displayed as awarning.

Endress+Hauser

135

Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 42: PROFILE VIEW  PHYSICAL BLOCK PB PARAMETER PB DIAGNOSISParameter name

Description

DIAGNOSTICS
DisplayThis parameter displays pending profile alarms, bit-encoded. More than one alarmis possible at one time. If the highest-value bit of the fourth byte is set to 1, the
DIAGNOSIS EXT. (see this Table) and DIAGNOSIS EXTENSION (see Page 136)
parameters display further messages.

Slot: 0Index: 29

DIAGNOSIS EXTENSION
Display
Slot: 0Index: 30

DIAGNOSIS A• Default value: 0x0, 0x0, 0x00, 0x00
This parameter displays pending manufacturer-specific alarms and warnings, bitencoded. More than one alarm is possible at one time. In addition, the DIAGNOSISEXTENSION parameter (see Page 136) can display further alarms and warnings.
DIAGNOSIS EXTENSION 1, 2
• Factory setting: 0x0, 0x0
DIAGNOSIS EXTENSION 3, 4
• Factory setting: 0x0, 0x0
DIAGNOSIS EXTENSION 5, 6
• Factory setting: 0x0, 0x0

DIAGNOSIS EXTENSION
Display
Slot: 0Index: 91

This parameter displays pending manufacturer-specific alarms and warnings, bitencoded. More than one alarm is possible at one time. In addition, the DIAGNOSISEXTENSION parameter (see Page 136) can display further alarms and warnings.
DIAGNOSIS EXTENSION 7, 8
• Factory setting: 0x0, 0x0
DIAGNOSIS EXTENSION 9• Factory setting: 0x0, 0x0136

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

MEASURED VALUEQUICK SETUP

MANUFACTURER VIEWPROFILE VIEWPHYSICAL BLOCKANALOG INPUT BLOCK

TRANSDUCER BLOCKTB STANDARD PARAM.

TB PARAMETERAI STANDARD PARAM.

SENSOR PRESSUREBLOCK OBJECT

1)BLOCK OBJECTAI PARAMETER

1)

1)
MODE BLK

PRIMARY VALUESTATIC REVISION NO.

SCALE INTAG

SCALE OUTSTRATEGYTEMPERATURE

CHARACTERIZATION T.

1)

1)

1)

MODE BLKBATCH

STATIC REVISION NO.

OUT

TAG

PV SCALESTRATEGYOUT SCALE

ALERT KEY

CHANNEL

1)

1)
1)

1)

1)

ALERT KEY

TARGET MODE

1)

TARGET MODE

1)
ALARM SUMFILTER TIME CONST

1)
ALARM SUM

FAIL SAFE MODE

FAIL SAFE DEFAULT V.

LIMIT HYSTERESISUPPER LIMIT ALARM

UPPER LIMIT WARNING

LOWER LIMIT WARNING

LOWER LIMIT ALARM

1)
HI HI ALARM

1)
HI ALARM

1)
LO ALARM

1)
LO LO ALARM

1)SIMULATE

1) Parameter group (Datatype: Record)

P01-xMx7xxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-019

Fig. 42:Endress+Hauser

TRANSDUCER BLOCK and ANALOG INPUT BLOCK group (Display only via digital communication)
For the TB STANDARD PARAM. function group, see Page 138, Table 43
For the TB PARAMETER function group, see Page 139, Table 44
 For the AI STANDARD PARAMETER function group, see Page 140, Table 45
 For the AI PARAMETER function group, see Page 141, Table 46

137

Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 43: PROFILE VIEW  TRANSDUCER BLOCK TB STANDARD PARAMETER
Parameter name

Description

BLOCK OBJECT
Display

The BLOCK OBJECT parameter is a structured parameter consisting of 12 elements.
This parameter describes the characteristics of the Physical Block.

Slot: 2
Index: 16

RESERVED PROFILE PARAMETER• 250 = Is not used
BLOCK OBJECT• 1 = Physical Block
PARENT CLASS• 1 = Transmitter
CLASS• 250 = Is not used
DEVICE REV• Dev. Rev. 3
DD REVISION• Is not supported by Profiles 3.0
DEVICE REV. COMP
• 3
PROFILE• Number of the PROFIBUS PA profile within the PNO• 0x40, 0x02 (compact class B)
PROFILE REVISION• Displays the profile version, here: 0x302 (Profiles 3.02)
EXECUTION TIME
• Is not supported by Profiles 3.0
NO. OF PARAMETER• Parameter number of the Physical Block, here: 115
INDEX OF VIEW 1• Address of the VIEW_1 parameter, here: 0x0, 0x131
NUMBER OF VIEW LISTS• 1 = The Block contains one "View object".

MODE BLK
Display
Slot: 2
Index: 22
STATIC REVISION NO.
Display
Index: 2
Slot: 17
TAG
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 18
STRATEGY
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 19

The MODE BLK parameter is a structured parameter consisting of three elements.
PROFIBUS makes a distinction between the following block modes: automatic
mode (Auto), manual user intervention (MAN) and out of service (O/S). The
Transducer Block only works in the "Automatic (Auto)" mode.
ACTUAL, PERMITTED and NORMAL are set to "Automatic (Auto)".
Displays the counter for static parameters of the Physical Block
The counter is incremented by one with each change of a static parameter of the
Physical Block. The counter counts to 65535 and then starts again at zero.
Factory setting:0Enter tag name e.g. TAG number (max. 32 alphanumeric characters).
Factory setting:_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ or as per orderspecifications
Enter user-specific value for grouping and thus faster evaluation of the blocks.
Grouping takes place by entering the same numerical value for the STRATEGY
parameter of the block in question. See also STRATEGY parameter, Transducer
Block (Page 129) and Analog Input Block (Page 141).
Input range:
0...65535
Factory setting:0

138

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 43: PROFILE VIEW  TRANSDUCER BLOCK TB STANDARD PARAMETER
Parameter name

Description

ALERT KEY
Entry

Enter user-specific value (e.g. identification number of the plant unit).
This information can be used by the control system to sort alarms and events thatare generated by this block.

Slot: 2
Index: 20

Input range:
0...255
Factory setting:
0

TARGET MODE
Selection
Slot: 2
Index: 21

ALARM SUM
Display
Slot: 2
Index: 23

Select desired block mode. Only the "Automatic (Auto)" mode can be selected for
the Transducer Block.
Options:• Automatic (Auto)
Factory setting:Automatic (Auto)
The ALARM SUM parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four elements.
CURRENT STATE ALARM SUM• Displays the current alarms.
• Factory setting: 0x0, 0x0

Table 44: PROFILE VIEW  TRANSDUCER BLOCK TB PARAMETER
Parameter name

Description

SENSOR PRESSURE
Display

Displays the measured pressure before sensor trim, position adjustment anddamping.  See also Page 116, PRESSURE figure.

Slot: 2
Index: 24
PRIMARY VALUE
Display

The PRIMARY VALUE parameter is a structured parameter consisting of twoelements.

Slot: 2
Index: 34

MEASURED VALUE• Depending on the settings for the MEASURING MODE, LEVEL MODE and unit
parameters, a value for pressure, level, volume, mass or flow is displayed here.
MEASURED STATUS• Displays the status of the measured value.

SCALE IN
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 50

The SCALE IN parameter is a structured parameter consisting of two elements.
SCALE_IN_100• Enter the upper limit for the input value of the Transducer Block.
• Factory setting: upper measuring limit(For the high sensor limit, see PRESS. SENS HILIM.)
SCALE_IN_0• Enter the lower limit for the input value of the Transducer Block.
• Factory setting: 0

SCALE OUT
Entry
Slot: 2
Index: 51

The SCALE OUT parameter is a structured parameter consisting of two elements.
SCALE _OUT_100• Enter the upper limit for the output value of the Transducer Block.
• Factory setting: upper measuring limit(For the high sensor limit, see PRESS. SENS HILIM.)
SCALE_OUT_0• Enter the lower limit for the output value of the Transducer Block.
• Factory setting: 0

Endress+Hauser

139Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 44: PROFILE VIEW  TRANSDUCER BLOCK TB PARAMETER
Parameter name

Description

TEMPERATURE
Display

The TEMPERATURE parameter is a structured parameter consisting of twoelements.

Slot: 2
Index: 43

SENSOR TEMP.
• Displays the temperature currently measured in the sensor. This temperature
can deviate from the process temperature.
TEMP. STATUS• Displays the status of the temperature measured.

Table 45: PROFILE VIEW  ANALOG INPUT BLOCK AI STANDARD PARAMETER
Parameter name

Description

BLOCK OBJECT
Display

The BLOCK OBJECT parameter is a structured parameter consisting of 12 elements.
This parameter describes the characteristics of the Physical Block.

Slot: 1
Index: 16

RESERVED PROFILE PARAMETER• 250 = Is not used
BLOCK OBJECT• 1 = Physical Block
PARENT CLASS• 1 = Transmitter
CLASS• 250 = Is not used
DEVICE REV• Dev. Rev. 3
DD REVISION• Is not supported by Profiles 3.0
DEVICE REV. COMP
• 3
PROFILE• Number of the PROFIBUS PA profile within the PNO• 0x40, 0x02 (compact class B)
PROFILE REVISION• Displays the profile version, here: 0x302 (Profiles 3.02)
EXECUTION TIME
• Is not supported by Profiles 3.0
NO. OF PARAMETER• Parameter number of the Physical Block, here: 115
INDEX OF VIEW 1• Address of the VIEW_1 parameter, here: 0x0, 0x131
NUMBER OF VIEW LISTS• 1 = The Block contains one "View object".

MODE BLK
Display
Slot: 1
Index: 22

The MODE BLK parameter is a structured parameter consisting of three elements.
PROFIBUS makes a distinction between the following block modes: automatic
mode (Auto), manual user intervention (MAN) and out of service (O/S).
ACTUAL• Displays the current block mode.
• Factory setting: Automatic (Auto)
PERMITTED• Displays the modes supported by the block.
• Factory setting: 152 = Automatic (Auto), manual user intervention or out ofservice
NORMAL• Displays the normal operating mode of the block.
• Factory setting: Automatic (Auto)

140

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 45: PROFILE VIEW  ANALOG INPUT BLOCK AI STANDARD PARAMETER
Parameter name

Description

STATIC REVISION NO.
Display

Displays the counter for static parameters of the Physical Block
The counter is incremented by one with each change of a static parameter of the
Physical Block. The counter counts to 65535 and then starts again at zero.

Index: 1
Slot: 17

Factory setting:
0

TAG
Entry

Enter tag name e.g. TAG number (max. 32 alphanumeric characters).
The parameter is also displayed in the TRANSMITTER DATA group ( see
Page 112).

Slot: 1
Index: 18

Factory setting:_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ or as per orderspecifications

STRATEGY
Entry

Enter user-specific value for grouping and thus faster evaluation of the blocks.
Grouping takes place by entering the same numerical value for the STRATEGY
parameter of the block in question. See also STRATEGY parameter, Physical
Block (Page 129) and Transducer Block (Page 138).

Slot: 1
Index: 19

Input range:
0...65535
Factory setting:0

ALERT KEY
Entry
Slot: 1
Index: 20

Enter user-specific value (e.g. identification number of the plant unit).
This information can be used by the control system to sort alarms and events thatare generated by this block.
Input range:
0...255
Factory setting:
0

TARGET MODE
Selection
Slot: 0Index: 21

Select desired block mode.
Options:• Automatic (Auto)• Manual (Man)• Out of Service (O/S)
Factory setting:Automatic (Auto)

ALARM SUM
Display
Slot: 1
Index: 23

The ALARM SUM parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four elements.
CURRENT STATE ALARM SUM• Displays the current alarms.
• Factory setting: 0x0, 0x0

Table 46: PROFILE VIEW  ANALOG INPUT BLOCK AI PARAMETER
Parameter name

Description

AI_BATCH
Entry

The BATCH parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four elements.
This parameter is used in batch processes in accordance with IEC 61512 Part 1 (ISA
S88). The BATCH parameter is needed in a decentral automation system toidentify the input channels used. In addition, the errors occurring in the current
BATCH process can also be displayed.

Slot: 1
Index: 16

BATCH ID
• Enter an ID of a batch application in order to be able to assign alarms etc.
BATCH UNIT
• Enter the recipe code necessary for the batch application or the related unit, suchas reactor.
BATCH OPERATION• Enter recipe currently available.
BATCH PHASE• Enter the current recipe phase.

Endress+Hauser

141

Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 46: PROFILE VIEW  ANALOG INPUT BLOCK AI PARAMETER
Parameter name

Description

OUT
Display

The OUT parameter is a structured parameter consisting of two elements.

Slot: 1
Index: 26

AI OUT VALUE• Displays the output value of the Analog Input Block.
AI OUT STATUS• Displays the status of the OUT value.
If the "MAN" (manual) block mode was selected by means of the MODE BLK
parameter, the output value OUT and its status can be specified manually here.

PV_SCALE
Entry
Slot: 1
Index: 27

Scales the input value of the Analog Input Block.
See also Operating Instructions BA00294P (Deltabar S), BA00295P (Cerabar S)
or BA00356P (Deltapilot S), Section 6.8 or 6.7 "Scaling the OUT Value".
LOWER VALUE:• Enter the lower limit for the input value of the Analog Input Block.
• Factory setting: 0
UPPER VALUE:• Enter the upper limit for the input value of the Analog Input Block.
• Factory setting: 100
Example:Analog Input Block
UPPER
VALUE
500 mbar

PV SCALEOUT SCALE

1

MEASURED VALUE= 350 mbar
OutputTransducer Block

0.7

LOWER VALUE
0 mbar00.7

10
LOWER VALUE
0

affects the bargraph

UPPER VALUE
10000

0.7 10000

OUT Value, AI Blockto PLC, here for example
10000 • 0,7 (7000)
P01-xMx7xxxx-05-xx-xx-xx003

OUT SCALE
Entry
Slot: 1
Index: 28

Scales the output value of the Analog Input Block.
 See also this Table, PV SCALE parameter description.
See also Operating Instructions BA00294P (Deltabar S), BA00295P (Cerabar S)
or BA00356P (Deltapilot S), Section 6.8 or 6.7 "Scaling the OUT Value".
LOWER VALUE:• Enter the lower limit for the output value of the Analog Input Block.
• Factory setting: 0
UPPER VALUE:• Enter the upper limit for the output value of the Analog Input Block.
• Factory setting: 100
UNIT:• Select unit. The unit selected here does not have any effect on the scaling. This
unit is not displayed on the onsite display and in the operating program.
• Factory setting: %DECIMAL POINT:• Specify the number of places after the decimal point for the OUT Value.
• Factory setting: 0

CHANNEL
Entry
Slot: 1
Index: 30

142

This parameter is used for the assignment between the logical hardware channel of
the Transducer Block and the input of the Analog Input Block.
Factory setting:Primary value (PV)Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 46: PROFILE VIEW  ANALOG INPUT BLOCK AI PARAMETER
Parameter name

Description

FILTER TIME CONST
Entry

Enter the filter time constant for the 1st order digital filter. This time is needed for
63 % of a change in the Analog Input Block (input value) to take effect in OUT(output value).  See also parameter description for DAMPING VALUE (e.g. Page
47).

Slot: 1
Index: 32

If the "MAN" (manual) block mode was selected by means of the MODE BLK
parameter, the time entered here has no effect on the OUT value here.
Factory setting:
0.0 s
FAIL SAFE MODE
Selection
Slot: 1
Index: 33

If the Analog Input Block receives an input value or simulation value with thestatus BAD, the Analog Input Block continues working with the failsafe mode
defined by means of this parameter.
The following options are available by means of the FAIL SAFE MODE parameter:• Last valid value
The last valid value is used for further processing with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Fsafe Value
The value specified by means of the FAIL SAFE DEFAULT VALUE parameter isused for further processing with the status UNCERTAIN. See this table, FAIL
SAFE DEFAULT VALUE parameter description.
• BAD status
The current value is used for further processing with the status BAD.
The failsafe mode is also activated if the "Out of Service O/S" option was selected bymeans of the TARGET MODE parameter.
Factory setting:
Last valid value

FAIL SAFE DEFAULT
VALUE
Entry
Slot: 1
Index: 34

Endress+HauserEnter the value for the "Fsafe Value" option selected by means of the FAIL SAFE
MODE parameter.
See also this table, FAIL SAFE MODE parameter description.
Factory setting:
0.0000 %143Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 46: PROFILE VIEW  ANALOG INPUT BLOCK AI PARAMETER
Parameter name

Description

LIMIT HYSTERESIS
Entry

Enter hysteresis value for the upper and lower alarm value or critical alarm value.
The alarm conditions remain active as long as the measured value is within thehysteresis. The hysteresis affects the following alarm or critical alarm limit values:

Slot: 1
Index: 35

The hysteresis affects the following alarm or critical alarm limit values:• HI HI ALM: upper critical alarm limit value• HI ALM: upper alarm limit value• LO ALM: lower alarm limit value• LO LO ALM: lower critical alarm limit value

UPPER LIMIT ALARM
UPPER LIMIT WARNING

LIMIT HYSTERESISLIMIT HYSTERESISOUT
LIMIT HYSTERESISLIMIT HYSTERESISLOWER LIMIT WARNING
LOWER LIMIT ALARMt
HI HI ALM

10t

HI ALM

1
0t

LO ALM

10t

LO LO ALM

10t
P01-xMx7xxxx-05-xx-xx-en-004

Fig. 43:
Illustration of the output value OUT with limit values and hysteresis as well as thealarms HI HI ALM, HI ALM, LO ALM and LO LO ALM

Input range:
0.0...50.0 % with regard to the range of the OUT_SCALE group ( see Page 142)
Factory setting:
0.5000 %UPPER LIMIT ALARM
Entry
Slot: 1
Index: 37
UPPER LIMIT WARNING
Entry
Slot: 1
Index: 39
LOWER LIMIT WARNING
Entry
Slot: 1
Index: 41
LOWER LIMIT ALARM
Entry
Slot: 1
Index: 43

144

Enter upper critical limit value.
If the output value OUT overshoots this limit value, the HI HI ALM parameter
displays an alarm. See also this table, LIMIT HYSTERESIS parameter description.
Factory setting:
3.4028e+038 %Enter upper limit value.
If the output value OUT overshoots this limit value, the HI ALM parameter displays
an alarm. See also this table, LIMIT HYSTERESIS parameter description.
Factory setting:
3.4028e+038 %Enter lower limit value.
If the output value OUT undershoots this limit value, the LO ALM parameter
displays an alarm. See also this table, LIMIT HYSTERESIS parameter description.
Factory setting:–3.4028e+038 %Enter lower critical limit value.
If the output value OUT undershoots this limit value, the LO LO ALM parameter
displays an alarm. See also this table, LIMIT HYSTERESIS parameter description.
Factory setting:–3.4028e+038 %Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Description of parameters

Table 46: PROFILE VIEW  ANALOG INPUT BLOCK AI PARAMETER
Parameter name

Description

HI HI ALARM
Display

The HI HI ALARM parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four elements.
The parameter displays the status of the upper critical limit value alarm.
See also Page 144, LIMIT HYSTERESIS, figure.

Slot: 1
Index: 46

STATUS• Displays the current status of the HI HI ALARM e.g. alarm still active, alarm
reported to the host system etc.
• Factory setting: no alarm
ALARM OUTPUT VALUE• Displays the value that violated the upper critical limit (UPPER LIMIT ALARM).
• Factory setting: 0.0000 %HI ALARM
Display

The HI ALARM parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four elements.
The parameter displays the status of the upper limit value alarm.
See also Page 144, LIMIT HYSTERESIS, figure.

Slot: 1
Index: 47

STATUS• Displays the current status of the HI ALARM e.g. alarm still active, alarm
reported to the host system etc.
• Factory setting: no alarm
WARNING OUTPUT VALUE• Displays the value that violated the upper limit (UPPER LIMIT WARNING).
• Factory setting: 0.0000 %LO ALARM
Display
Slot: 1
Index: 48

The LO ALARM parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four elements.
The parameter displays the status of the lower limit value alarm.
See also Page 144, LIMIT HYSTERESIS, figure.
STATUS• Displays the current status of the LO ALARM e.g. alarm still active, alarm
reported to the host system etc.
• Factory setting: no alarm
WARNING OUTPUT VALUE• Displays the value that violated the lower limit (LOWER LIMIT WARNING).
• Factory setting: 0.0000 %

LO_LO_ALARM
Display
Slot: 1
Index: 49

The LO LO ALARM parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four
elements.
The parameter displays the status of the lower critical limit value alarm.
See also Page 144, LIMIT HYSTERESIS, figure.
STATUS• Displays the current status of the LO LO ALARM e.g. alarm still active, alarm
reported to the host system etc.
• Factory setting: no alarm
ALARM OUTPUT VALUE• Displays the value that violated the lower critical limit (LOWER LIMIT ALARM).
• Factory setting: 0.0000 %Endress+Hauser

145

Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Table 46: PROFILE VIEW  ANALOG INPUT BLOCK AI PARAMETER
Parameter name

Description

SIMULATE
Entry

The SIMULATE parameter is a structured parameter consisting of three elements.
The input value and status of the Analog Input Block can be simulated by means of
this parameter. As this value runs through the complete algorithm, the behavior of
the Analog Input Block can be checked.

Slot: 1
Index: 50

SIMUL. ENABLED• No: Simulation mode switched off• Yes: Simulation mode switched on
SIMULATION VALUE• This element is displayed if the simulation mode was activated by means of the
SIMUL. ENABLED parameter. Depending on the settings for the MEASURING
MODE, LEVEL MODE and unit parameters, you can enter a value for pressure,level, volume, mass or flow here.
• Factory setting: 0.0
STATUS (SIMUL.)• This element is displayed if the simulation mode was activated by means of the
SIMUL. ENABLED parameter. Enter the status for the simulation value.
• Factory setting: 128 (GOOD)

146

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Slot/index tables

8

Slot/index tables

8.1

Slot/index tables

The device parameters are listed in the following tables. You can access the parameters bymeans of the slot and index number. The individual blocks each contain standard
parameters, block parameters and manufacturer-specific parameters.
If you use the FieldCare as an operating program, input screens are available as a userinterface.

8.1.1

General explanatory remarks

Object type
• Record: contains data structure (DS)• Array: group of a certain data type• Simple: contains individual data types such as Float
Data type• DS: data structure, contains data types such as Unsigned8, Octet String etc.
• Float: IEEE 754 format• Integer:– Integer8: value range = –128...127– Integer16: value range = 327678...–327678– Integer32: value range =32 = –231...231• Octet String: binary coded• Visible String: ASCII coded• Unsigned:– Unsigned8: value range = 0...255– Unsigned16: value range = 0...65535– Unsigned32: value range = 0...4294967295
Storage Class• Cst: constant parameter• D: dynamic parameter• N: nonvolatile parameter• S: static parameter

8.1.2

Device management

Parameter

Slot

Index

Object type Data type

Size (byte)

Storage Class Read

Directory object header
Composite list directory entries
GAP directory continuous
GAP reserved

1
1
1
1

0
1
2–8
9 – 15

Array
Array

12
24

Cst
Cst

Endress+Hauser

Unsigned16
Unsigned16

Write

x
x

147

Slot/index tables

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

8.1.3

Physical Block

Slot

Index

Object type Data type

Size (byte)

Storage Class Read

Write

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23

RecordSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleRecordRecordDS-32
Unsigned16
Visible String
Unsigned16
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
DS-37
DS-42

20
2
32
2
1
1
3
8

Cst
N
S
S
S
S
D
D

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x

SOFTWARE VERSION0HARDWARE REV.
0
MANUFACTOR ID
0
DEVICE NAME STR.
0
DEVICE SERIAL No.
0
DIAGNOSIS0
DIAGNOSIS EXTENSION0DEVICE CERTIFICATION
0INSERT PIN No
0
ADDITIONAL INFO0
USER DESCRIPTION0INSTALLATION DATE0IDENT NUMBER SEL
0
DIP STATUS
0
FEATURE0
COND.STATUS DIAG
0
Physical Block, Endress+Hauser parameters

24
25
26
27
28
29
30
33
34
36
37
38
40
41
42
43

SimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleRecordSimpleVisible String
Visible String
Unsigned16
Visible String
Visible String
Octet String
Octet String
Visible String
Unsigned16
Visible String
Visible String
Visible String
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
DS-68
Unsigned8

16
16
2
16
16
4
6
32
2
32
32
16
1
1
8
1

Cst
Cst
Cst
Cst
Cst
D
D
Cst
N
S
S
S
S
D
N
S

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

ALARM STATUS
LAST DIAG. CODE
UP_DOWN_FEAT
UP/DOWNLOAD CTRL
UP/DOWN PARAM
BUS.ADDRESSSET_UNIT_TO_BUS
PA INPUT VALUE
SEL. DISPLAY VAL.
PROFILE_REVRESET ALL ALARMSIDENT_NUMBER
2ND CYCLIC VALUEDEVICE DESIGN.
CONFIG RECORDEROPERATING HOURS
SIM. ERROR NO.
SIM. MESSAGESLANGUAGEDISPLAY CONTRASTMENU DESCRIPTOR
MAIN DATA FORMATALTERNATE DATAUNIT TEXTUSER DESCRIPTION
ACK. ALARM MODE
ACK. ALARM
SELECT ALARM TYPEERROR NO.
ALARM DELAY
ALARM DISPL. TIME
3RD CYCLIC VALUEHistoROM AVAIL.
HIST. SAVING CYCLHistoROM CONTROLELECTR. SERIAL NO.

54
55
56
57
58
59
61
62
63
64
65
66
68
69
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
93
94
95
96
97

SimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleRecordSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleUnsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
OctetString
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
E+H specificUnsigned8
Visible String
Unsigned8
Unsigned16
Unsigned8
Visible String
Unsigned16
Unsigned32
Unsigned16
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Visible String
Visible String
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned16
Float
Float
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Visible String

2
2
1
1
20
1
1
6
1
32
1
2
1
32
2
4
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
8
32
1
1
1
2
4
4
1
1
1
1
32

D
D
Cst
D
D
D
S
D
S
Cst
S
D
S
S
D
D
D
D
N
S
N
D
N
S
S
S
D
S
D
S
S
S
D
S
S
Cst

x
x
x

Parameter
Physical Block standard parameters
BLOCK OBJECTSTATIC REVISION NO.
TAG_DESCSTRATEGY
ALERT KEY
TARGET MODE
MODE BLKALARM SUM
Physical Block parameters

148

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x

x

x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Slot/index tables

Parameter

Slot

Index

Object type Data type

Size (byte)

Storage Class Read

PCB TEMPERATURE
Allowed Min. TEMP
Allowed Max. TEMPPCB COUNT: T>Tmax
PCB MAX. TEMP.
PCB COUNT: T < Tmin
PCB MIN. TEMP.
MAIN DATA FORMATDOWNLOAD FUNCT.
STATUS LOCKING
DEVICE STATUS
STATUS SELECT EVENT 727
STATUS SELECT EVENT 115
STATUS SELECT EVENT 120
STATUS SELECT EVENT 731
STATUS SELECT EVENT 730
STATUS SELECT EVENT 733
STATUS SELECT EVENT 732
STATUS SELECT EVENT 726
STATUS SELECT EVENT 715
STATUS SELECT EVENT 720
STATUS SELECT EVENT 717
STATUS SELECT EVENT 718
STATUS SELECT EVENT 740
STATUS SELECT EVENT 716
STATUS SELECT

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

98
99
100
101
102
103
104
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124

SimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleRecord

4
4
4
2
4
4
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
14

D
Cst
Cst
D
D
D
D
D
N
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

SWITCH_STATUS_LISTSENSOR SER. No.

0
0

125
126

RecordSimple

2
16

D
S

x
x

8.1.4

Analog Input Block

Slot

Index

Object type

Data type

Size (byte)

Storage Class Read

Write

BLOCK OBJECTSTATIC REVISION NO.
TAG_DESCSTRATEGY
ALERT KEY
TARGET MODE
MODE BLKALARM SUM
Analog Input Block parameters

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23

RecordSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleRecordRecordDS-32
Unsigned16
Visible String
Unsigned16
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
DS-37
DS-42

20
2
32
2
1
1
3
8

Cst
N
S
S
S
S
D
D

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x

BATCH
OUT
PV SCALEOUT SCALE
LIN TYPECHANNELFILTER TIME CONST
FAIL SAFE MODE
FAIL SAFE DEFAULT VALUE
LIMIT HYSTERESISUPPER LIMIT ALARM
UPPER LIMIT WARNING
LOWER LIMIT WARNING
LOWER LIMIT ALARM
HI_HI_ALM
HI_ALM
LO_ALM
LO_LO_ALARMSIMULATE
VIEW_1_FB

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

24
26
27
28
29
30
32
33
34
35
37
39
41
43
46
47
48
49
50
61

RecordRecordArray
RecordSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleRecordRecordRecordRecordRecordSimple

DS-67
DS-33
Float
DS-36
Unsigned8
Unsigned16
Float
Unsigned8
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
DS-39
DS-39
DS-39
DS-39
DS-50
Octet String

10
5
8
11
1
2
4
1
4
4
4
4
4
4
16
16
16
16
6
18

S
D
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
D
D
D
D
S
D

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Parameter

Float
Float
Float
Unsigned16
Float
Unsigned16
Float
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
14xUnsigned
82x Unsigned8
Visible String

Write

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Analog Input Block standard parameters

1)

x
x1)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x

If MODE BLK Actual = Manual (MAN)

Endress+Hauser

149

Slot/index tables

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

8.1.5
Parameter

Transducer Block

Slot

Index

Object type Data type

Size (byte)

Storage Class Read

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90

RecordSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleRecordRecordSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleRecordSimpleSimpleRecordSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleRecordSimpleRecordSimpleRecordSimpleSimpleArray
Array
SimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleArray
SimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimple

20
2
32
2
1
1
3
8
4
4
4
4
4
4
2
5
2
4
5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
5
2
5
2
5
2
1
8
8
4
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
8
4
4
4
4
4
4
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
2
2
2

Cst
N
S
S
S
S
D
D
D
N
N
S
S
N
S
D
N
N
D
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
D
S
D
S
D
S
S
S
S
S
S
N
D
N
N
D
D
D
N
N
N
N
S
S
N
N
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
D
D
D
D
D

Write

Transducer Block standard parameters
BLOCK OBJECTSTATIC REVISION NO.
TAG_DESCSTRATEGY
ALERT KEY
TARGET MODE
MODE BLKALARM SUMSENSOR PRESSURE
PRESS.SENS HILIMPRESS.SENS LOLIMHIGH SENSOR TRIMLOW SENSOR TRIM
MINIMUM SPANPRESS. ENG. UNIT
TRIMMED_VALUE (Corrected Press.)
SENSOR MEAS.TYPE
SENSOR SER. No.
PRIMARY VALUE (Measured Value)
PRIM_VALUE_UNIT
PRIM_VALUE_TYPE
MAT. MEMBRANE
FILLING FLUIDSEAL TYPE
PROC.CONN.TYPE
MAT.PROC.CONN. +TB TEMPERATURE (Sensor Temp.)
TEMP. ENG UNIT
SEC_VALUE_1 (PRESSURE)
SEC_VALUE1_UNIT
SEC_VALUE_2
SEC_VALUE2_UNIT
LIN_TYPSCALE_IN
SCALE_OUT
LOW_FLOW_CUT_OFF
FLOW_LIN_SQUARETAB_ACTUAL_NUMB
LINE-NUMB
TAB_MAX_NR
TAB_MIN_NR
TAB_OP_CODE
TAB_STATETAB_XY_VALUE
MAX. MEAS. PRESS.
MIN. MEAS. PRESS.
MAX. MEAS.TEMP.
MIN. MEAS. TEMP.
EMPTY CALIB.
FULL CALIB.
TANK CONTENT UNIT
UNIT FLOWDAMPING VALUEMAX FLOW
MAX PRESS. FLOW
PminALARM WINDOWPmaxALARM WINDOW
TminALARM WINDOW
TmaxALARM WINDOWSIMULATED VALUESIMULATION MODE
COUNTER P>Pmin
COUNTER P<Pmax
COUNTER T>Tmax

150

DS-32
Unsigned16
Visible String
Unsigned16
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
DS-37
DS-42
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Unsigned16
DS-33
Unsigned16
Unsigned32
DS-33
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
DS-33
Unsigned16
DS-33
Unsigned16
DS-33
Unsigned16
Unsigned8
Float
Float
Float
Float
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Unsigned8
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned16

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x

x
x

x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x1)
x1
x1
x1
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Slot/index tables

Parameter

Slot

Index

Object type Data type

Size (byte)

Storage Class Read

COUNTER T<Tmin
MEAS. VAL. TRENDTOTALIZER 1
TOTAL. 1 OVERFLOWTOTALIZER 2TOTAL. 2 OVERFLOWTEMP Abs RANGE
Tmin SENSOR
Tmax SENSORSENSOR H/WARE REV.
Pmax PROC. CONN.
TOTAL. 1 ENG. UNITTOTAL. 2 ENG. UNIT
FACT.U.U.TOTAL.1
FACT.U.U.TOTAL.2
TOT. 1 USER UNIT
TOT. 2 USER UNIT
NEG. FLOW TOT. 1
NEG. FLOW TOT. 2
RESET TOTALISER1
FLOW-MEAS. TYPECUSTOMER UNIT F
CUST.UNIT FACT.F
CUSTOMER UNIT P
CUST.UNIT FACT.P
POS.ZERO ADJUSTPOS. INPUT VALUECALIB. OFFSETTANK DESCRIPTION
LIN. EDIT MODE
CALIBRATION MODE
ADJUST DENSITYLEVEL UNIT TXT
CUST.UNIT FACT.L
CUST. UNIT CONT.
FACTOR TANK CONT.
DENSITY UNIT
ADJUST DENSITYTANK VOLUMETANK HEIGHT
100% POINT
ZERO POSITIONLEVEL MIN.
LEVEL MAX.
PROCESS DENSITYMAX TURNDOWNSENSOR CHANGESP PEAKHOLD.STEP
T PEAKHOLD.STEP
ACC. OF GRAVITYCREEP FLOW HYST.
LEVEL BEFORE LIN.
ENG. UNIT LEVELUNIT VOLUMECUSTOMER UNIT V
CUST.UNIT FACT.V
SET.L.FL.CUT-OFF
MAT.PROC.CONN. TANK CONTENT
SUPPRESSED FLOWRESET PEAKHOLDMEASURING MODE
UNIT FLOWTOTALIZER 1 UNIT (Volume p. cond.)
TOTALIZER 2 UNIT (Volume p. cond.)
LOW FLOW CUT-OFF
LO TRIM MEASUREDHI TRIM MEASURED

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160

SimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimple

2
1
8
8
8
8
4
4
4
1
4
2
2
4
4
8
8
1
1
1
1
8
4
8
4
1
4
4
32
1
1
4
8
4
8
4
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
2
4
4
4
4
4
2
2
8
4
4
2
4
4
1
1
2
2
2
1
4
4

D
D
D
D
D
D
Cst
Cst
Cst
Cst
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
D
S
S
S
N
S
N
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
D
S
S
S
S
S
S
D
D
D
S
S
S
S
S
N
N

Endress+Hauser

Unsigned16
Unsigned8
Visible String
Visible String
Visible String
Visible String
Float
Float
Float
Unsigned8
Float
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Float
Float
Visible String
Visible String
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Visible String
Float
Visible String
Float
Unsigned8
Float
Float
Visible String
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Float
Visible String
Float
Visible String
Float
Unsigned16
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Unsigned16
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Visible String
Float
Float
Unsigned16
Float
Float
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned8
Float
Float

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Write

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x

151

Slot/index tables

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Parameter

Slot

Index

Object type Data type

Size (byte)

Storage Class Read

Write

PERCENT UNIT
X-VAL:Y-VAL:MASS FLOW UNIT
SIM. FLOW VALUE
STD. FLOW UNIT
NORM FLOW UNITTOTALIZER 1 UNIT (Mass p. cond.)
TOTALIZER 2 UNIT (Mass p. cond.)
TOTALIZER 1 UNIT (Gas. std. conditions)
TOTALIZER 2 UNIT (Gas. std. conditions)
TOTALIZER 1 UNIT – (Gas. norm conditions)
TOTALIZER 2 UNIT – (Gas. norm conditions)
MASS UNIT
CUST.UNIT FACT.M
CUSTOMER UNIT M
HEIGHT UNIT
CUST.UNIT FACT.H
CUSTOMER UNIT H
EMPTY PRESSURE
FULL PRESSURE
SIM. LEVEL
SIM. TANK CONT.
LEVEL MODE
ACTIV LIN.TAB.X
X-VAL (semi-autom.):
TANK CONTENT MAX.
TANK CONTENT MIN.
HYDR. PRESS MAX.
TAB. ACTIVATETABLE EDITORACTIVE LIN. TAB. Y
HYDR. PRESS MIN.
VALUE LIN. MIN.
VALUE LIN. MAX.
TOTALIZER 1
TOTALIZER 2
LIN. MEASURAND
LINd. MEASURAND
COMB.MEASURAND
TABLE SELECTIONTABLE EDITOR
AREA UNIT
SIM. PRESSURE
PRESSURE ABS RNG
PRESSURE INVERTHEIGHT UNIT
CALIBRATION MODEEMPTY HEIGHTFULL HEIGHTDENSITY UNIT
ADJUST DENSITYPROCESS DENSITY
MEAS.LEVEL EASYLEVEL SELECTIONOUTPUT UNIT

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249

SimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimpleSimple

2
4
4
2
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
8
2
4
8
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
1
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
1
1
1
1
2
4
4
1
2
1
4
4
2
4
4
4
1
2

Cst
N
N
S
D
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
N
N
D
D
S
N
D
S
S
S
D
N
N
S
S
S
D
D
S
S
S
S
S
S
D
Cst
N
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
N
S
S

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

1)

152

Unsigned16
Float
Float
Unsigned16
Float
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Float
Visible String
Unsigned16
Float
Visible String
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned16
Float
Float
Unsigned8
Unsigend16
Unsigned8
Float
Float
Unsigned16
Float
Float
Float
Unsigned8
Unsigned16

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

can only be reset

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Troubleshooting

9

Troubleshooting

9.1

Messages

The following table lists all the possible messages that can occur.
The device differentiates between the error types "Alarm", "Warning" and "Error".
You may specify whether the instrument should react as if for an "Alarm" or "Warning" for"Error" messages. See "Error type/NA 64" column and Section 9.2 "Response of outputs toerrors".
In addition, the "Message type/NA 64" column classifies the messages in accordance with
NAMUR Recommendation NA 64:• Break down: indicated with "B"• Maintenance need: indicated with "C" (check request)• Function check: indicated with "I" (in service)
Error message display on the onsite display:• The measured value display shows the message with the highest priority. See "Priority"
column.
• The ALARM STATUS parameter shows all the messages present in descending order ofpriority. You can scroll through all the messages present with the S-key or O-key.
Message display via FieldCare:• The ALARM STATUS parameter shows the message with the highest priority.
See "Priority" column.
• If the device detects a defect in the onsite display during initialization, special error
messages are generated. For the error messages, see Page 160, Section 9.1.1 "Onsite
display error messages".
• For support and further information, please contact Endress+Hauser Service.
• The PROFIBUS status is updated depending on the message type, or depending on thesetting for flexible alarms
CodeCorresponds
to NA 64101 (A101) Alarm
B

Messagecategory
NE 107

Message/
description

Cause

MeasurePrior
ity

Failure (F)F>Sensor electronic
EEPROM error– Electromagnetic effects are
greater than specifications in thetechnical data.
(See Technical Information).
This message normally only
appears briefly.

– Wait a few minutes.
– Restart the device. Perform
reset (Code 2506 or 33062).
– Block off electromagnetic
effects or eliminate source ofdisturbance.

17– Sensor defect.

– Replace sensor.

102(W102)

Warning
C

Maintenancerequired (M)M>Checksum error
in EEPROM:
peakhold segment– Replace main electronics.
– Main electronics defect. Correct
measurement can continue as longas you do not need the peak holdindicator function.

51

106(W106)

WarningC

Functioncheck (C)C>Downloading please wait

– Downloading.

– Wait for download to complete.

50

Failure (F)F>Checksum error in – The supply voltage is disconnected – Reestablish supply voltage.
when writing.
Perform reset (Code 1 or
EEPROM:
40864) if necessary. Carry out
configuration
calibration again.
segment

6

110 (A110) Alarm
B

Endress+Hauser– Electromagnetic effects are
greater than specifications in thetechnical data.
(See Technical Information.)– Block off electromagnetic
effects or eliminate sources ofdisturbance.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

153Troubleshooting

Code

Corresponds
to NA 64

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Messagecategory
NE 107

Message/
description

Cause

MeasurePrior
ity

113 (A113) Alarm
B

Failure (F)F>ROM failure intransmitterelectronic– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

1

115 (E115)

Error
B
Factory
setting:
Warning

Out ofspecification(S)

S>Sensor
overpressure– Overpressure present.

– Reduce pressure until message
disappears.

29– Sensor defect.

– Replace sensor.

116(W116)

Warning
C

Maintenancerequired (M)M>Download error,
repeat download– The file is defect.

– Use another file.

120 (E120)

Error
B
Factory
setting:
Warning

Out ofspecification(S)

S>Sensor low
pressure– Pressure too low.

– Increase pressure until message 30
disappears.

– Sensor defect.

– Replace sensor.

121 (A121) Alarm
B

Failure (F)F>Checksum error in – Main electronics defect.
factory segment of
EEPROM– Replace main electronics.

5

122 (A122) Alarm
B

Failure (F)F>Sensor notconnected– Cable connection sensor –main
electronics disconnected.

– Check cable connection andrepair if necessary.

13– Electromagnetic effects are
greater than specifications in thetechnical data.
(See Technical Information.)– Block off electromagnetic
effects or eliminate source ofdisturbance.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Sensor defect.

– Replace sensor.

36– During the download, the data are – Check cable connection PC –transmitter.
not correctly transmitted to the– Block off electromagnetic
processor, e.g. because of open
effects or eliminate sources ofcable connections, spikes (ripple)
disturbance.
on the supply voltage or– Perform reset (Code 1 orelectromagnetic effects.
40864) and carry out
calibration again.
– Repeat download.

130 (A130) Alarm
B

Failure (F)F>EEPROM is defect. – Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

10

131 (A131) Alarm
B

Failure (F)F>Checksum error in – Main electronics defect.
EEPROM: min/max
segment– Replace main electronics.

9132 (A132) Alarm
B

Failure (F)F>Checksum error in – Main electronics defect.
totalizer EEPROM– Replace main electronics.

7

133 (A133) Alarm
B

Failure (F)F>Checksum error in – An error occurred when writing.
History EEPROM– Perform reset (Code 1 or
40864) and carry out
calibration again.

8602(W602)

154

WarningC

Functioncheck (C)C>Linearization
curve not monoton– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– The linearization table is not
monotonic increasing or
decreasing.

– Add to or correct linearizationtable. Then accept linearizationtable again.

55

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Troubleshooting

Code

Corresponds
to NA 64

Messagecategory
NE 107

Message/
description

Cause

604
(W604)

WarningC

Functioncheck (C)C>Linearizationtable not valid. Less
than 2 points orpoints too close

No min. span applies for the Y-points as of software version "03.10.xx".
– The linearization table consists ofless than 2 points.

Measure

Prior
ity
58

– Add to linearization table.
Accept linearization table again
if necessary.

– Correct linearization table and– At least 2 points in theaccept again.
linearization table are too close
together. A minimum gap of 0.5 %of the distance between two points
must be maintained.
Spans for the "Pressure linearized"
option: HYDR. PRESS MAX. –HYDR. PRESS MIN.; TANKCONTENT MAX. – TANKCONTENT MIN.
Spans for the "Height linearized"
option: LEVEL MAX – LEVEL MIN;TANK CONTENT MAX. – TANKCONTENT MIN.
613
(W613)

WarningI

Functioncheck (C)C>Simulation is
active– Simulation is switched on, i.e. the – Switch off simulation.
device is not measuring at present.

616(W616)

WarningI

Functioncheck (C)C>Simulation is
active (AI)– Simulation of the AI Block isswitched on, i.e. the Main Process
Value (AI OUT VALUE) that is
output does not correspond to thesensor signal.

700(W700)

Warning
C

Maintenancerequired (M)M>Lastconfiguration notstored– An error occurred when writing or – Perform reset (Code 1 or
40864) and carry out
reading configuration data or thecalibration again.
power supply was disconnected.

702(W702)

Warning
C

Maintenancerequired(M)

M>HistoROM data
not consistent.

– Switch off simulation of the AI
Block (ANALOGINPUT BLOCK
Set the AI STANDARD
PARAMETER TARGET
MODE to Automatic and set AI
PARAMETER/SIMULATE to
No).

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Data were not written correctly to
the HistoROM, e.g. if theHistoROM was detached during
the writing process.

– Repeat upload.
– Perform reset (Code 1 or
40864) and carry out
calibration again.

58
58

52

53

– HistoROM does not have any data. – Copy suitable data to theHistoROM. (See Operating
Instructions, "Copying
configuration data" section.)
703 (A703) AlarmB

704 (A704) AlarmB

705 (A705) Alarm
B

Endress+Hauser

Failure (F)Functioncheck (C)

Failure (F)F>Measurement
error

C>Measurement
error

F>Measurement
error– Fault in the main electronics.

– Briefly disconnect device fromthe power supply.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Fault in the main electronics.

– Briefly disconnect device fromthe power supply.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Fault in the main electronics.

– Briefly disconnect device fromthe power supply.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

22

12

21

155

Troubleshooting

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

CodeCorresponds
to NA 64

Messagecategory
NE 107

Message/
description

Cause

Measure706(W706)

Warning
C

Maintenancerequired (M)M>Configuration in
HistoROM anddevice not identical– Configuration (parameters) in the
HistoROM and in the device is not
identical.

– Copy data from the device to the 57
HistoROM. (See Operating
Instructions, "Copying
configuration data" section.)– Copy data from the HistoROM
to the device. (See Operating
Instructions, "Copying
configuration data" section.) The
message remains if theHistoROM and the device havedifferent software versions. The
message goes out if you copy
the data from the device to theHistoROM.
– Device reset codes such as 1 or
40864 do not have any effecton the HistoROM. That meansthat if you do a reset, theconfigurations in the HistoROM
and in the device may not be thesame.

707 (A707) Alarm
B

Functioncheck (C)C>X-VAL. of lin.
table out of edit
limits.

– Carry out calibration again.
– At least one X-VALUE in thelinearization table is either below
the value for HYDR. PRESS MIN. or
MIN. LEVEL or above the value for
HYDR. PRESS. MAX. or LEVEL
MAX.

710
(W710)

Functioncheck (C)B>Set span too
small. Not allowed.

– Values for calibration (e.g. lower
range value and upper range
value) are too close together.

– Adjust calibration to suit sensor. 49(See parameter description
for MINIMUM SPAN)– The sensor was replaced and thecustomer-specific configuration
does not suit the sensor.

– Adjust calibration to suit sensor.
– Replace sensor with a suitablesensor.

– Unsuitable download carried out.

– Check configuration andperform download again.

Warning
C

Prior
ity

37

713 (A713) Alarm
B

Functioncheck (C)C>100% POINT level – The sensor was replaced.
out of edit limits– Carry out calibration again.

38

715 (E715)

Out ofspecification(S)

S>Sensor overtemperature– The temperature measured in thesensor is greater than the upper
nominal temperature of thesensor. (See parameter
description for Tmax SENSOR)– Reduce process temperature/
ambient temperature.

32– Unsuitable download carried out.

– Check configuration andperform download again.

F>Process isolating
diaphragm broken– Sensor defect.

– Replace sensor.
– Reduce pressure.

S>Transmitter overtemperature– The temperature measured in the – Reduce ambient temperature.
electronics is greater than theupper nominal temperature of theelectronics (+88 °C +190 °F).

Error
C
Factory
setting:
Warning

716 (E716)

Failure (F)
Error
B
Factory
setting: Alarm

717 (E717)

Error
C
Factory
setting:
Warning156

Out ofspecification(S)– Unsuitable download carried out.

24

34

– Check configuration andperform download again.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Troubleshooting

Code

Corresponds
to NA 64

Messagecategory
NE 107

Message/
description

Cause

718 (E718)

Error
C
Factory
setting:
Warning

Out ofspecification(S)

S>Transmitter under – The temperature measured in thetemperatureelectronics is smaller than thelower nominal temperature of theelectronics (–43 °C -45 °F).
– Unsuitable download carried out.

MeasurePrior
ity– Increase ambient temperature.
Insulate device if necessary.

35– Check configuration andperform download again.

719 (A719) Alarm
B

Functioncheck (C)C>Y-VAL of lin. table – At least on Y-VALUE in theout of edit limits
linearization table is below the
MIN. TANK CONTENT or above
the MAX. TANK CONTENT.

– Carry out calibration again.

39

720 (E720)

Out ofspecification(S)

S>Sensor undertemperature– The temperature measured in thesensor is smaller than the lower
nominal temperature of thesensor. ( See parameter
description for Tmin SENSOR)– Increase process temperature/
ambient temperature.

33– Unsuitable download carried out.

– Check configuration andperform download again.

– Loose connection at sensor cable– Wait a short period of time andtighten the connection, or avoid
loose connection.

Error
C
Factory
setting:
Warning

721 (A721) Alarm
B

Functioncheck (C)C>ZERO POSITION
level out of edit
limits– LEVEL MIN or LEVEL MAX has
been changed.

– Perform reset (Code 35710)
and carry out calibration again.

40

722 (A722) Alarm
B

Functioncheck (C)C>EMPTY CALIB. or
FULL CALIB. out ofedit limits– LEVEL MIN or LEVEL MAX has
been changed.

– Perform reset (Code 35710)
and carry out calibration again.

41

723 (A723) Alarm
B

Functioncheck (C)C>MAX. FLOW outof edit limits– FLOW-MEAS. TYPE has beenchanged.

– Carry out calibration again.

42725 (A725) Alarm
B

Failure (F)F>Sensor connection – Electromagnetic effects are
greater than specifications in theerror, cycle
technical data. (See Technicaldisturbance
Information.)– Setscrew loose.

– Block off electromagnetic
effects or eliminate source ofdisturbance.
– Retighten setscrew with 1 Nm
(0.74 lbf ft). (See Operating
Instructions, "Rotating the
housing" section).

25

726 (E726)

Error
C
Factory
setting:
WarningEndress+Hauser

Out ofspecification(S)

S>Sensor
temperature error overrange– Sensor or main electronics defect.

– Replace sensor or mainelectronics.

– Electromagnetic effects are
greater than specifications in thetechnical data.
( See Technical Information.)– Block off electromagnetic
effects or eliminate source ofdisturbance.

– Process temperature is outsidepermitted range.

– Check temperature present,
reduce or increase if necessary.

– Sensor defect.

– If the process temperature is
within the permitted range,
replace sensor.

31

157

Troubleshooting

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

CodeCorresponds
to NA 64

Messagecategory
NE 107

Message/
description

Cause

MeasurePrior
ity

727 (E727)

Error
C
Factory
setting:
Warning

Out ofspecification(S)

S>Sensor pressure
error - overrange– Electromagnetic effects are
greater than specifications in thetechnical data.
(See Technical Information.)– Block off electromagnetic
effects or eliminate source ofdisturbance.

28– Pressure is outside permitted
range.

– Check pressure present, reduceor increase if necessary.

– Sensor defect.

– If the pressure is within thepermitted range, replace sensor.

– Fault in the main electronics.

– Briefly disconnect device fromthe power supply.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Fault in the main electronics.

– Briefly disconnect device fromthe power supply.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Pressure measured value has
undershot the value specified for
the Pmin ALARM WINDOW
parameter.

– Check system/pressure
measured value.
– Change value for Pmin ALARM
WINDOW if necessary. (Seeparameter description for
PminALARM WINDOW)– Loose connection at sensor cable– Wait a short period of time andtighten the connection, or avoid
loose connection.

728 (A728) AlarmB

729 (A729) Alarm
B

730 (E730)

Error
C
Factory
setting:
Warning

Failure (F)Failure (F)Out ofspecification(S)

F>RAM error

F>RAM error

S>LRV user limits
exceeded23

46

731 (E731)

Error
C
Factory
setting:
Warning

Out ofspecification(S)

S>URV user limits
exceeded– Pressure measured value has
overshot the value specified for
the Pmax ALARM WINDOW
parameter.

45– Check system/pressure
measured value.
– Change value for Pmax ALARM
WINDOW if necessary. (Seeparameter description for
PmaxALARM WINDOW)

732 (E732)

Error
C
Factory
setting:
Warning

Out ofspecification(S)

S>LRV Temp. User
limitsexceeded– Temperature measured value has
undershot the value specified for
the Tmin ALARM WINDOW
parameter.

– Check system/temperature
measured value.
– Change value for Tmin ALARM
WINDOW if necessary. (Seeparameter description for
TminALARM WINDOW)– Loose connection at sensor cable– Wait a short period of time andtighten the connection, or avoid
loose connection.

733 (E733)

Error
C
Factory
setting:
Warning

736 (A736) Alarm
B

737 (A737) AlarmB

738 (A738) Alarm
B

158

48

Out ofspecification(S)

S>URV Temp. User
limits exceeded– Temperature measured value has
overshot the value specified for
the Tmax ALARM WINDOW
parameter.

47– Check system/temperature
measured value.
– Change value for Tmax ALARM
WINDOW if necessary. (Seeparameter description for
TmaxALARM WINDOW)

Failure (F)F>RAM error– Fault in the main electronics.

– Briefly disconnect device fromthe power supply.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Fault in the main electronics.

– Briefly disconnect device fromthe power supply.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Fault in the main electronics.

– Briefly disconnect device fromthe power supply.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

Failure (F)Failure (F)F>Measurement
error

F>Measurement
error

4

20

19

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

CodeCorresponds
to NA 64739 (A739) AlarmB

740 (E740)

Error
C
Factory
setting:
Warning

Troubleshooting

Messagecategory
NE 107

Message/
description

Cause

MeasurePrior
ity

Failure (F)F>Measurement
error– Fault in the main electronics.

– Briefly disconnect device fromthe power supply.

23– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Level measuring mode: Level
mode* "LINd. MEASURAND.": themeasured pressure has undershot
the value for HYDR. PRESS. MIN.
or overshot the value for HYDR.
PRESS MAX.
(*For other level modes: The
measured level did not reach the
LEVEL MIN value or exceeded the
LEVEL MAX value.)– Flow measuring mode: themeasured pressure has undershot
the value for MAX. PRESS FLOW.

– Check configuration and carryout calibration again if
necessary.
– Select a device with a suitablemeasuring range.
– See parameter description
LEVEL MIN. these Operating
Instructions, Page 2.

Maintenancerequired (M)

M>Calculation
overflow, badconfiguration– Pressure measuring mode: Mainelectronics defect.

27– Check configuration and carryout calibration again if
necessary.
– Select a device with a suitablemeasuring range.
– Replace main electronics.

741 (A741) Alarm
B

Functioncheck (C)C>TANK HEIGHT out – LEVEL MIN or LEVEL MAX hasof edit limits
been changed.

– Perform reset (Code 35710)
and carry out calibration again.

43

742 (A742) Alarm
B

Failure (F)F>Sensor connection – Electromagnetic effects areerror (upload)
greater than specifications in thetechnical data.
( See Technical Information.)
This message normally only
appears briefly.

– Wait a few minutes.
– Perform reset (Code 35710)
and carry out calibration again.

18743 (A743) AlarmB

744 (A744) Alarm
B

Failure (F)Failure (F)F>Electronic PCBerror duringinitialization

F>Main electronic
PCB error– Cable connection sensor –main
electronics disconnected.

– Check cable connection andrepair if necessary.

– Sensor defect.

– Replace sensor.

– Electromagnetic effects are
greater than specifications in thetechnical data.
( See Technical Information.)
This message normally only
appears briefly.

– Wait a few minutes.
– Restart the device. Perform
reset (Code 2506 or 33062).

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Electromagnetic effects are
greater than specifications in thetechnical data.
(See Technical Information.)– Restart the device. Perform
reset (Code 2506 or 33062).
– Block off electromagnetic
effects or eliminate source ofdisturbance.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Sensor does not suit the device(electronic sensor nameplate).
Device continues measuring.

– Replace sensor with a suitablesensor.

54– Wait a few minutes.
– Restart the device. Perform
reset (Code 1 or 40864).
– Block off electromagnetic
effects or eliminate source ofdisturbance.

26

745(W745)

Warning
C

Maintenancerequired (M)M>Sensor data
unknown

746(W746)

WarningC

Functioncheck (C)C>Sensor connection – Electromagnetic effects areerror - initializing
greater than specifications in thetechnical data.
( See Technical Information).
This message normally only
appears briefly.
– Overpressure or low pressure
present.

Endress+Hauser

1411– Reduce or increase pressure.

159

Troubleshooting

Code

Corresponds
to NA 64

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Messagecategory
NE 107

Message/
description

Cause

MeasurePrior
ity

747 (A747) Alarm
B

Failure (F)F>Sensor software
not compatible toelectronics– Sensor does not suit the device(electronic sensor nameplate).

– Replace sensor with a suitablesensor.

16

748 (A748) Alarm
B

Failure (F)F>Memory failure in – Electromagnetic effects are
signal processor
greater than specifications in thetechnical data.
(See Technical Information.)– Block off electromagnetic
effects or eliminate source ofdisturbance.

15– Main electronics defect.
750 (A750) Warning
C

Functioncheck (C)C>Configuration not
permitted

9.1.1– Replace main electronics.

– By means of the operation profile, – Check configuration.
options were selected for the– Perform reset (Code 1 orconfiguration of the device but the40864) and carry out
options do not suit one another.
calibration again.
For example, if the option "1"(linearization table) was selectedfor LIN_TYPE and the unit "1347(m3/s)" was selected for
PRIMARY_VALUE_UNIT.

44

Onsite display error messages

If the device detects a defect in the onsite display during initialization, the following error
messages can be displayed:
Message

MeasureInitialization, VU Electr. Defect A110

Exchange onsite display.

Initialization, VU Electr. Defect A114
Initialization, VU Electr. Defect A281
Initialization, VU Checksum Err. A110
Initialization, VU Checksum Err. A112
Initialization, VU Checksum Err. A171

160

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

9.2

Troubleshooting

Response of outputs to errors

The device differentiates between the message types "Alarm", "Warning" and "Error".
 See the following table and Page 153, Section 9.1 "Messages".
OutputA (Alarm)

W (Warning)

PROFIBUS

The process variable in question istransmitted with the status BAD.

Device continues measuring. The process For this error, you can enter whether thevariable in question is transmitted with device should react as in the event of analarm or as in the event of a warning.
the status UNCERTAIN.
The output status is transmitted
accordingly with the status BAD,UNCERTAIN, or GOOD. To configure thestatus for this error, you can configurethe "SELECT ALARM TYPE" or the
relevant parameter in Fieldcare (menupath: PROFILE VIEW  PHYSICALBLOCK  PB PARAMETER  PV
STATUS CONFIG. Note: it is only possible
to configure the "GOOD" status for output
via Fieldcare in the "PV STATUS CONFIG"
menu path.

Bar Graph(onsite display)

The bar graph assumes the values
Device continues measuring.
specified via the FAIL SAFE MODE1) and
FAIL SAFE DEFAULT VALUE 1)
parameters.
 See also Section 9.2.1.

For this error, you can enter whether thedevice should react as in the event of analarm or as in the event of a warning.
See corresponding "Alarm" or "Warning"column.

Onsite display– The measured value and message are – The measured value and message aredisplayed alternately
displayed alternately-symbol– Measured value display:-symbol is – Measured value display:
flashes.
permanently displayed.

– The measured value and message aredisplayed alternately– Measured value display: seecorresponding "Alarm" or "Warning"columnMessage display:
Message display– A + 3-digit number such as A122 and – W + 3-digit number such as W613
and– Description– Description

Message display:– E + 3-digit number such as E713 and– Description

In the case of an alarm, the ALARM
STATUS2) parameter displays a 3-digit
number such as 122 for "Sensor
connection error, incorrect data."

In the case of an error, the ALARM
STATUS2 parameter displays a 3-digit
number such as 731 for "Pmax ALARM
WINDOW undershot".

Remote operation(FieldCare)In the case of a warning, the ALARM
STATUS2 parameter displays a 3-digit
number such as 613 for "Simulation is
active".

1)

Parameters are displayed via remote operation (e.g. FieldCare) only.
Menu path: PROFILE VIEW  ANALOG INPUT BLOCK  AI PARAMETER  FAIL SAFE MODE

2)

Menu path onsite display: GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU  DIAGNOSTICS MESSAGES
Menu path FieldCare: MANUFACTOR VIEW  OPERATING MENU  DIAGNOSTICS MESSAGESEndress+Hauser

E (Error: Alarm/Warning)161

Troubleshooting

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

9.2.1

Analog Input Block

If the Analog Input Block receives an input value or simulation value with the status BAD,
the Analog Input Block continues working with the failsafe mode defined by means of the
FAIL SAFE MODE1 parameter.
The following options are available by means of the FAIL SAFE MODE1 parameter:• Last valid value
The last valid value is used for further processing with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Fsafe Value
The value specified by means of the FAIL SAFE DEFAULT VALUE1 parameter is used forfurther processing with the status UNCERTAIN.
• BAD status
The current value is used for further processing with the status BAD.
Factory setting:• FAIL SAFE MODE1: Fsafe Value• FAIL SAFE DEFAULT VALUE1: 0• The failsafe mode is also activated if the "Out of Service O/S" option was selected by meansof the TARGET MODE2 parameter.
• The FAIL SAFE MODE and FAIL SAFE DEFAULT VALUE parameters are available via
remote operation (e.g. FieldCare) only.
1) Menu path: PROFILE VIEW  ANALOG INPUT BLOCK  AI PARAMETER
2) Menu path: PROFILE VIEW  ANALOG INPUT BLOCK  AI STANDARD PARAMETER

9.2.2

Setting the status of the flexible alarms

The event category can be defined individually for the following events - regardless of theevent group to which they are assigned in the default setting:• 115: Sensor overpressure• 120: Sensor low pressure• 715: Sensor over temperature• 716: Process isolating diaphragm broken• 717: Transmitter over temperature• 718: Transmitter under temperature• 720: Sensor under temperature• 726: Sensor temperature error - overrange• 727: Sensor pressure error - overrange• 730: LRV user limits exceeded• 731: URV user limits exceeded• 732: LRV Temp. User limits exceeded• 733: URV Temp. User limits exceeded• 740: Calculation overflow, bad configuration
To change the measured value status (Bad, Uncertain, Good) assigned to an event, select thedesired status from the picklist.
ExampleThe status "Bad" should be used for error 115 "Sensor overpressure" instead of the status"Uncertain".

162

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Troubleshooting

1.

In the FieldCare navigation window navigate to PROFILE VIEW PB Parameter2.

In the default setting, all the bits have "Uncertain" for "Status Select Events", apart from
716.

3.

Select the "Bad" option for the row "Status Select Event 115". Press the Enter key toconfirm.

9.3

Confirming messages

Depending on the settings for the ALARM DISPL. TIME and ACK. ALARM MODE
parameters, the following measures should be taken to clear a message:
Settings 1)

Measures– ALARM DISPL. TIME = 0 s– ACK. ALARM MODE = off– Rectify cause of the message (see also Section 9.1).

– ALARM DISPL. TIME > 0 s– ACK. ALARM MODE = off– Rectify cause of the message (see also Section 9.1).
– Wait for the alarm display time to elapse.

– ALARM DISPL. TIME = 0 s– ACK. ALARM MODE = On

– Rectify cause of the message (see also Section 9.1).
– Confirm message using ACK. ALARM parameter.

– ALARM DISPL. TIME > 0 s– ACK. ALARM MODE = On

– Rectify cause of the message (see also Section 9.1).
– Confirm message using ACK. ALARM parameter.
– Wait for the alarm display time to elapse. If a message appears and thealarm display time elapses before the message has been acknowledged,
the message will be cleared once it has been acknowledged.

1)

Endress+Hauser

ALARM DISPL. TIME and ACK. ALARM MODE parameters are located in the MESSAGES menu.

163

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

Index
Numerics

100% POINT (813), "Height linearized" level type. . . . . 88
100% POINT (813), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
2ND CYCLIC VALUE (994) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
3RD CYCLIC VALUE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

A

ACK. ALARM (500) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
ACK. ALARM MODE (401) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
ACTIV LIN. TAB. X, FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
ACTIV LIN. TAB. Y, FieldCare. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
ADDITIONAL INFO (272). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
ADDITIONAL INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
ADJUST DENSITY (007), "Level Easy Height" level selection
63
ADJUST DENSITY (007)/(316), "Level" extended setup 96
ADJUST DENSITY (316), "Height linearized" level type . 87
ADJUST DENSITY (316), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . . 73
ADJUSTED DENSITY (810), "Height linearized" level type .
86
ADJUSTED DENSITY (810), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . 73
AI OUT STATUS (993) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
AI OUT VALUE (992) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
AI_BATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
ALARM DELAY (336) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
ALARM DISPL. TIME (480) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Alarm messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
ALARM STATUS (046). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
ALARM SUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129, 139, 141
ALERT KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129, 139, 141
ALLOWED MAX. TEMP (359). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
ALLOWED MIN. TEMP (358) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
ALTERNATE DATA (423) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

BBLOCK OBJECT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128, 138, 140
BUS ADDRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
BUS ADDRESS (998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

C

CALIB. OFFSET (319) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
CALIBRATION MODE (008), "Level Easy Height" level selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
CALIBRATION MODE (008), "Level Easy Pressure" level selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
CALIBRATION MODE (392), "Height linearized" level type86
CALIBRATION MODE (392), "Linear" level type. . . . . . . 72
CHANNEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
COMB. MEASURAND (806). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
COND.STATUS DIAG (999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
CONFIG RECORDER (352) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
CORRECTED PRESS. (434), "Flow" measuring mode . . 118
CORRECTED PRESS. (434), "Level" measuring mode. . 117
CORRECTED PRESS. (434), "Pressure" measuring mode . . .
116
COUNTER
164

P > Pmax (380) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
T > Tmax (404) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
COUNTER P Pmin (467). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
COUNTER T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
CUST. UNIT FACT. F (609) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
CUST. UNIT FACT. H (705), "Height linearized" level type .
83, 88
CUST. UNIT FACT. H (705), "Linear" level type . . . . 70, 75
CUST. UNIT FACT. M (703), "Height linearized" level type85
CUST. UNIT FACT. M (703), "Linear" level type. . . . . . . . 72
CUST. UNIT FACT. M (703), "Pressure linearized" level type80
CUST. UNIT FACT. P (317) . . . . . . . . . . 55, 58, 62, 67, 91
CUST. UNIT FACT. V (607), "Height linearized" level type .
84
CUST. UNIT FACT. V (607), "Linear" level type . . . . 71, 74
CUST. UNIT FACT. V (607), "Pressure linearized" level type79
CUSTOMER UNIT F (610) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
CUSTOMER UNIT H (706), "Height linearized" level type. .
83, 87CUSTOMER UNIT H (706), "Linear" level type . . . . . 69, 75
CUSTOMER UNIT M (704), "Height linearized" level type .
85
CUSTOMER UNIT M (704), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . 71
CUSTOMER UNIT M (704), "Pressure linearized" level type79
CUSTOMER UNIT P (075) . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 58, 62, 67, 91
CUSTOMER UNIT V (608), "Height linearized" level type. .
84
CUSTOMER UNIT V (608), "Linear" level type . . . . . 70, 74
CUSTOMER UNIT V (608), "Pressure linearized" level type78

D

DAMP SWITCH . . . 47, 50, 52, 56, 60, 65, 76, 80, 89, 94
DAMPING VALUE (247) 50, 52, 56, 61, 65, 76, 80, 89, 94
DAMPING VALUE (274) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
DENSITY UNIT (001), "Level Easy Height" level selection. .
63
DENSITY UNIT (001)/(812), "Level" extended setup . . . 96
DENSITY UNIT (812), "Height linearized" level type . . . . 87
DENSITY UNIT (812), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
DEVICE CERTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
DEVICE DESIGN. (350). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
DEVICE NAME STR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
DEVICE SERIAL No (354). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
DEVICE SERIAL No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
DIAGNOSIS EXTENSION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
DIP STATUS (363) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
DISPLAY CONTRAST (339) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
DOWNLOAD FUNCT. (014). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

E

EDITOR TABLE (770), onsite display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

EDITOR TABLE (809), onsite display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
EDITOR TABLE, FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102–103
ELECTR. SERIAL No (386) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
EMPTY CALIB. (010), "Level Easy Height" level selection. .
64
EMPTY CALIB. (010), "Level Easy Pressure" level selection
59–60
EMPTY CALIB. (314, "Height linearized" level type . . . . 86
EMPTY CALIB. (314), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
EMPTY CALIB. (314)/(010), QUICK SETUP . . . . . . . . . 49
EMPTY HEIGHT. (009), "Level Easy Height" level selection
64
EMPTY PRESSURE (011), "Level Easy Pressure" level selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
EMPTY PRESSURE (710) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
EMPTY PRESSURE (710), "Height linearized" level type 86
EMPTY PRESSURE (710), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . 72
ENTER RESET CODE (047). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Error messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
ERROR NO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

F

FACT. U. U. TOTAL. 1 (329) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
FACT. U. U. TOTAL. 2 (330) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
FAIL SAFE MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
FF912_STATUS_SELECT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132–135
FILLING FLUID (366) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
FILTER TIME CONST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
FLOW-MEAS. TYPE (640) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
FSAFE_VALUE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
FULL CALIB. (004), "Level Easy Height" level selection. 64
FULL CALIB. (004), "Level Easy Pressure" level selection . .
60
FULL CALIB. (315), "Height linearized" level type . . . . . 86
FULL CALIB. (315), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
FULL CALIB. (315)/(004), QUICK SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . 50
FULL HEIGHT (006), "Level Easy Height" level selection 65
FULL PRESSURE (005), "Level Easy Pressure" level selection
60
FULL PRESSURE (711), "Height linearized" level type. . 86
FULL PRESSURE (711), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . . . 73

H

HARDWARE REV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
HARDWARE REV. (266) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
HEIGHT UNIT (003), "Level Easy Height" level selection 63
HEIGHT UNIT (708), "Height linearized" level type . 82, 87
HEIGHT UNIT (708), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . . 69, 75
HI ALARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
HI HI ALARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
HistoROM AVAIL. (831). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
HistoROM CONTROL (832) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
HYDR. PRESS MAX. (774) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
HYDR. PRESS MIN. (773) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

I

IDENT_NUMBER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
IDENT_NUMBER_SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
IDENT_NUMBER_SEL. (990) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
INSERT PIN NO (048) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Endress+Hauser

INSTALLATION DATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

L

LANGUAGE (079). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
LANGUAGE, display group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
LAST DIAG. CODE (564) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
LEVEL BEFORE LIN (050) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
LEVEL MAX (712) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
LEVEL MIN (755) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
LEVEL MODE (718) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
LEVEL SELECTION (020) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 48
LIMIT HYSTERESIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
LIN. EDIT MODE (397), onsite display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
LIN. EDIT MODE, FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
LIN. MEASURAND (804) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
LINd. MEASURAND (805) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
LINE-NUMB (549), onsite display . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99–100
LINE-NUMB, FieldCare. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
LO ALARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
LO_LO_ALARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
LOW FLOW CUT-OFF (442) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
LOWER LIMIT ALARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
LOWER LIMIT WARNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

M

MAIN DATA FORMAT (688) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
MANUFACTURER ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
MASS FLOW UNIT (571) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
MASS UNIT (709), "Height linearized" level type . . . . . . 84
MASS UNIT (709), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
MASS UNIT (709), "Pressure linearized" level type . . . . . 79
MAT. MEMBRANE (365) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
MAT. PROC. CONN. - (361). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
MAT. PROC. CONN. + (360) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
MAX PRESS. FLOW (634) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52, 94
MAX. FLOW (311) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51, 94
MAX. MEAS. PRESS. (383) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
MAX. MEAS. TEMP. (471) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
MEAS. VAL. TREND (378). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116–118
MEASURED VALUE (679), "Flow" measuring mode . . 117
MEASURED VALUE (679), "Level" measuring mode . 116
MEASURED VALUE (679), "Pressure" measuring mode. . .
116
MEASURING MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
MEASURING MODE (389), onsite display . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
MEASURING TABLE (549), onsite display . . . . . . . . . 100
MEASURING TABLE (717), onsite display . . . . . . . . . 100
MENU DESCRIPTOR (416). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
MIN. MEAS. PRESS. (469) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
MIN. MEAS. TEMP. (474) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
MINIMUM SPAN (591) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
MODE BLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128, 140

N

NEG. FLOW TOT. 1 (400) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
NEG. FLOW TOT. 2 (416) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
NORM FLOW UNIT (661) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

O

OPERATING HOURS (409). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
165

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

OUT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
OUT SCALE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
OUTPUT UNIT (023), "Level Easy Height" level selection . .
63
OUTPUT UNIT (023), "Level Easy Pressure" level selection .
59

P

PA INPUT VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
PA INPUT VALUE (996) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
PCB COUNTT > Tmax (488) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
PCB COUNT T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
PCB MAX. TEMP. (490). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
PCB MIN. TEMP. (494) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
PCB TEMPERATURE (357) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Pmax ALARM WINDOW (333) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Pmax PROC. CONN. (570) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Pmin ALARM WINDOW (322). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
POS. INPUT VALUE (563) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 49, 53
POS. ZERO ADJUST (685) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 49, 51, 53
POS.ZERO ADJUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
PRESS. ENG. UNIT (060) . . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 58, 62, 66, 91
PRESS. SENS HILIM (485) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
PRESS. SENS LOLIM (484) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
PRESSURE (301), "Flow" measuring mode. . . . . . . . . . . 118
PRESSURE (301), "Level" measuring mode . . . . . . . . . . 117
PRESSURE (301), "Pressure" measuring mode . . . . . . . 116
PRIMARY VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
PROC. CONN. TYPE (482) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
PROCESS DENSITY (025)/(811). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
PROFILE_REV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
PV_SCALE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Q

Quick Setup "Flow" menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Quick Setup "Level" menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Quick Setup "Pressure" menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

R

RESET ALL ALARMS (603). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
RESET PEAKHOLD (382). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
RESET TOTALIZER1 (331) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

S

SCALE IN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
SCALE OUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
SEAL TYPE (362) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
SEL. DISPLAY VAL. (995) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
SELECT ALARMTYPE (595), (600) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
SENS H/WARE REV (487) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
SENSOR MEAS.TYPE (581). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
SENSOR PRESSURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
SENSOR PRESSURE (584), "Flow" measuring mode . . . 118
SENSOR PRESSURE (584), "Pressure" measuring mode . . . .
116–117
SENSOR SER. No. (250) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
SENSOR TEMP. (367) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116–118
SET UNIT TO BUS (991) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
SET. L. FL. CUT-OFF (332) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
166

SIM. ERROR NO. (476) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
SIM. LEVEL (714) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
SIM. PRESSURE (414) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
SIM. TANK CONT. (715) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
SIM.FLOW VALUE (639) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
SIMULATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
SIMULATION MODE (413) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
SOFTWARE VERSION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112, 129
STATIC REVISION NO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128, 138, 141
Status Select Event 115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132–135
STD. FLOW UNIT (660) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
STRATEGY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129, 138, 141
SUPPRESSED FLOW (375). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

T

TABLE SELECTION (808), onsite display. . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
TABLE SELECTION, FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
TAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128, 141
TAG (988) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
TAG DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
TANK CONTENT (370) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
TANK CONTENT MAX (713), onsite display. . . . . . . . . . 98
TANK CONTENT MAX, FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
TANK CONTENT MIN (759), onsite display . . . . . . . . . . 98
TANK CONTENT MIN, FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
TANK DESCRIPTION (815), onsite display . . . . . . . . . 100
TANK DESCRIPTION, FieldCare. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
TANK HEIGHT (859) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
TANK VOLUME (858) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
TARGET MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129, 139, 141
TEMP. ENG. UNIT (318), "Flow" measuring mode . . . . . 97
TEMP. ENG. UNIT (318), "Level" measuring mode . . . . . 96
TEMP. ENG. UNIT (318), "Pressure" measuring mode . . 95
TEMPERATURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Tmax ALARM WINDOW (335). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Tmax SENSOR (369). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Tmin ALARM WINDOW (334) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Tmin SENSOR (368) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
TOT. 1 USER UNIT (627) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
TOT. 2 USER UNIT (628) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
TOTAL. 1 OVERFLOW (655). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
TOTAL. 2 OVERFLOW (658). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
TOTALIZER 1 (652) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
TOTALIZER 1 UNIT (392), (662), (664), (666) . . . . . 105
TOTALIZER 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
TOTALIZER 2 (657) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
TOTALIZER 2 UNIT (399), (663), (665), (667) . . . . . 106
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

U

UNIT FLOW (391). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
UNIT VOLUME (313), "Height linearized" level type. . . . 83
UNIT VOLUME (313), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . 70, 74
UNIT VOLUME (313), "Pressure linearized" level type . . 78
UP/DOWNLOAD FEATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
UPPER LIMIT ALARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
UPPER LIMIT WARNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
USER DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S PROFIBUS PA

W

Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

X

X-VAL. (550), onsite operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
X-VAL., FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Y

Y-VAL. (551), onsite operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99–100
Y-VAL., FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

ZZERO POSITION (814), "Height linearized" level type . . 88
ZERO POSITION (814), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Endress+Hauser

167

168

169

71336361

www.addresses.endress.com